The URL can be used to link to this page

4151 W 1 St - BC00-003363 (GOODYEAR) (A) NEW COMMERICAL BLDGL4 15, / ZONE rjihATE CONTRACTOR r ADDRESS E /V-/0 PHONE # " ` LOCATIONI OWNER PERMIT* # DV ' =56 5 JOB COSTS FEE $ STATE NO, ADDRESS ! , { PHONE #007) 6 9 _7 a;v? LUMBING CONTRACTOR ADDRESS PHONE # 70 kLECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ADDRESS PHONE # C9 . )6-)FMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ADORESS PHONE # 1 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACTOR 1 ADDRESS SEPTIC TANK PERMIT NO. IGOIL TEST REQUIREMENTS 1 FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION REQUIREMENTS ARCHITE-TURAL APPROVAL DATE: FEES FEE$ ` FEE S-L—'- SUBDIVISION: LOT NO. a9 BLOCK: SECTION: SQUARE J/n ( FEET: la lJ T" MODEL: OCCUPANCY CLASS: FEES ENERGY SECT. EPI: CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY ISSUED # DATE: FINAL DATE s i FEMA REC'd- SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDING**** Cl-ekq DATE • PERMIT # .. 0 Ur 3-5P3 ADDRESS • 1-S I -( 2lS1 6f- ~-r: PROJECTC- 6 CONTRACTOR U ',5a S/ vA 711) 2` 6— I -3D ' Scab vDCO - crag a us 4-& 7 . 24-7. 1 Ce 3 `-cQQ The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineering Fire Public Works Utilities Conditions: ( to be completed only if approval is conditional) I FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDING**** DATE q PERMIT # O 0r 3-*3 ADDRESS_-; ( CJ _(A V PROJECTr.. - CONTRACTOR The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineeri Public Works Zoning Utilities Licensing FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDING**** DATE q 6 PERMIT # 0 0-- J-NO3 ADDRESS • 'T I S ) (U l PROJECT(_- - CONTRACTOR --U'a.&UL, The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineeri Public 1 s Zonina Utilities Licensing Conditions: onlycompletedbetocompy If approval is condiGonal) FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd INSPECTOR or3D REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDING**** DATE 1 ^ 4 %(51 PERMIT # O 0- 3--)(P5 ADDRESS •.CJ I _lv S' PROJECT, - CONTRACTOR The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engi Public Works Zoning Utilities Licensing Conditions: (to be completed only If approval is conditional) CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY ADDENDLIM OWNER: ADDRESS: `f I S'I V, 57, DATE:Y / ! o /v i REASON FOR DISAPPROVAL: lyr-1 J Q chF ou, 7'rS7 /'c EPoQ7- CONDITIONAL AGREEMENT: FIRE DEPARTMENT UTILITIES PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING FEMA R EC' d y SLAB REC'd' i I N $ P BC •Iti01—- ti 04 REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETION(; NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDING... a DATE I PERMIT # ` O 0- ui ADDRESS_;, I rJ I V V E u u PROJECT' u o. v v o W CO A C S 2 vU Z CONTRACTOR ` lV a C. W as N c C/© s..ZA, edo-w The Building Divisio has received a request for a final inspection and aCertificateofOccupancyfortheabovereferencedaddress. We would appreciateafinalinspectionofthesitebyyourdepartment. Approval by your departmentwouldresultinagrantingaC.O. for the address. If you have any issues that thecontractorwillneedtoaddress, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or aconditionalagreementtobeattachedtotheC.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineering Fire Public Works Zonin Utilities Conditions: (to f - DATE q-4 % REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION FEMA REC'd SLAB REC'd 1 IN$PSCTIDR!- 1 I I I 1 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY/COMPLETIft g a NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDING**** -' PERMIT # O 0r 3-;Y,P3 ADDRESS-, ( .5 PROJ ECT'- -' - G 0_(Jf CONTRACTOR'. ONTRACTOR .01 0 cc u z W kA The Building Division has received a request for a final inspection and a Certificate of Occupancy for the above referenced address. We would appreciate a final inspection of the site by your department. Approval by your department would result in a granting a C.O. for the address. If you have any issues that the contractor will need to address, please submit a statement for denial of C.O. or a conditional agreement to be attached to the C.O. Thank you for your cooperation. Engineering Fire Public Works Zoning Utilities Conditions: (to be completed only If approval is conditional) 7 xx efe4, -0:300 P-`, /2-/(3/cy pv`' / pp .tom oo ,-2363 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OF SANFORD PERMIT APPLICATION 7&0,4p CITY Permit No.: V %XJ Date: Job Address: + 5+ S4 . & M rd. rL Parcel No.: Attach Proof of Ownership & Legal Description) I Description of Work:W, Gic n s d Ground Sb i S Type of Construction: Flood Zone: Z Valuation of Work: $ JB00 r 00 Occupancy Type: Residential Commercial Industrial Number of Stories: _ Number of Dwelling Units: Zoning: Total Square Footage: M Owner: &cc8\ Tom 0 Address: f 23 S,. O(dn R. bSSdYYI f12 t City: Or la vid o State: FL Zip: 3 2 S3-7 4' Phone No.: b d Fax No.: 407) 851-(3 951 - b3 3n vv v 1 11Contractor: Se m lrn b l G Stot nq u5' n fl 9 l' by-', Addr4No.: o .• City: Stater Zip: i p o State License No.: c Phon3t7 2- % Z Fax No.: ifo 3a2- 56 6 6 Contact Person: c (Y i IV 1'l e j'S i r PhoneNo.: 467 Z= %(0 2(o y Title Holder (If other than Owner): ILA A Ci Address: Bonding Company: Jl1 %A Address: - Mortgage Lender: L) J A Address. Architect: a H04evick Phone No.: 407 ZY)-%1S S3 yAddress: O da h o . rL Fax No.: 01 6 ^ Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has a commencedpriortotheissuanceofapermitandthatallworkwillbeperformedtomeetstandardsofalllawsregulatingconstructionoai inthisjurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, i,r' POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, and AIR CONDITIONERS, etc. f f OWNER' S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with „z s all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ,d NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of thiscounty, and there may be additional permits required fro her governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permitis verification that I will notify the owner of theproperty oej(uirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. 5a Madne-d Signature of Owner/Agent Date Print Owner/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/ Agent is Personally Known to Me or Contras for/Agent is Personally Kno n to Me or Produced ID Produced ID c 1A 2lol, "j APPLICATION APPROVED BY. l I nn dc r) IC r5 n7 Print Contractor/Agent's Name r 01 h IZ (.o W I of Nq!gQ4_ to of Florida Date JO ANN M. JOHNSCN MY COMMISSION # CC 921808 I! EXPIRES: Mars h , M eoi, o°' Bonded Thru Bw:pe: Nclln.Senkes Date: 3---C=Q8`0/ Special Conditions: E,- R711P March 21, 2001 Re: Goodyear/Gator Tire 4151 West I" Street Sanford, Fl. 32771 To whom it may concern: OTTO AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 11231 S. Orange Blossom Tr. Orlando, FL 32837 407-851-6300 Fax 407-851-6330 This writing shall authorize Seminole Signs & Lighting to proceed with acquiring all necessary permits to install exterior signs at the above location. Sincere , Tom Otto i President/Owner Angels M Ranstrom 'l /0/ I Q kN Y Carunisaion CC898222 I Toe 61o'k) fully Yoite Lr« k Ve. ne. 7 r. 4 S/,J, It 145 Ote P 1- 01 e 5 @ 314, i fuI1 tit t tq l I G@ ?au rej cells . L o,JQ-( ("!' fls eVIeey- r 1 r) tS 7DD/ 2 r d/ l,a lLS Morn-e, 2-12-1 X /S : 31 t2 g Tt l% M 31 zg , L 3 3 2 40 s = 3 co 31 q ig f-f ""L L'J. L COVI1tYcte 0,p SOW hrtc-k at, +gyp 15"YELLOW NON-ILLUM. LETTERS CENTERED OVER ENTRANCE GLA55 I,' t2 RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION 123' @3/32"=1' HR-12(3-X 12-) 55.88 5.F - BUILDING D/F ILLUM. 5laN 49.56 S.F. - F/S SIGN 105,44 5.F. - SHOWN 95.F. ILLUM. ACH SIDE 10NTOTAL ALLOWED BRICK PLANTER jDUILT PER CODES PLANT5 DY CTHEK5 18"YELLOW ILLUM-LETTER5 W/REFLEX13LUERETURN5 15X 18'=275.F. IF. A M-. NCCO/DR-T— FAINrEDREFLEXSLUEN/ ,F GII uYEuow roreeoTroN T VV 12' HR-12 F/5 D/F ILLUM 51GN W/ BRICK COVERED COLUMN, AND W/ BRICK PLANTER PER CODE5 3/16"=1' GENERAL FAINT NOTES FOKEXTEI;IOR PAINTINGOFRETAILOUTLET5: 5ELECTA RErUTADLE FROFESSIONAL PAINTER TO ADVIEE: FRODUCTSELECnON.5uarnc E FREF. l—QUOTE.ETC.OAGE00NSUGOESTEDOUIDELINES & ACNALCONDITIONS OF DLOO. ALLMEASU IREMENTSAREArrKOXIMATE.-MISC.TKIMSCOrINGS.COLUMNSDETWEENDAY5 ALL ELEVATIONS MAY NOT DE SHOWN. ETC.FAINT?ARK GRAY 'RiiE FE RTOrAINTCOLOR GUIDE SHEETFOK: DO NOT rAINTORICK UNLESS NOTED. •FROFORTIOF GUIDE FOR PREVIOUSLY rAINTED WALLS NOT SHOWN YELLOW STRIFES/DORDERS: REFER TO INTERIOR COLOR OREAKDOWN TO DE OFF- WHITE.UNLESS NOTED SHEET FOR: _ ALL STOREFRONTGLASS.MULLION5. -AANTTO CLOSELY MATCH FM5 INR COLORS: ALUMINUM& GLASS DAY DOORS TO DE *SURFACE FINISH-EXTERIORGLOSSCLEANED.NOTrAINTED. UNLESS NOTED. r T 1rAINTEDEXT.DOOKS.TO DE DARK GRAY OrFm c .me DwueRA• Rwr ALL GENERAL NOTES ABOVE MAY NOT APPLY TO THIS DRAWING no 28'+-5PREA0 CEN RED IN BLUE FIELD 27 7.5'=155.F. VAS ILLUM. GEMINI 5/FPANEL I emir WHITE 5/F CONG.BL. FRONT ELEVATION 52' @3/32"=1' F. I-J/L/V I-V LF. LUr I /INV MU N. OI UN IDENTIFICATION ROF05AL J0°E 50-01GATORTIRE DI -91.. R.5.1&.." 2/14/014151W.15T1144EASTMARKETSTREET AKRON,OH. 44316-0001 5ANFORD, FL.32771 A5NOTEDONDEPT. 750 IDENTIFICATION 11"X 17FOKMAT 15"YELLOW NON-ILLUM. LETTER5 CENTERED OVER ENTRANCE GLA55 ; Ki YEAR minw HK-12 {3' x I-) DJF kWM. SSGN I 15x 6=95.f GEMINI ILLUM. rANFLS EACH 51DE RIGHT51DE ELEVATION 123'03/32"=l' 53.58 5.F - BUILDING 49.56 5.F. - F/5 SIGN 103.44 5. F. - 5HOWN lore TOTAL ALLOWED Nrreo [vansui.n 4'8' t11A'ar.00i WV DPJ,,I; rul. M 10 ill 1'ETi u7DE: PLANTS AYMHEK5 t Z --- IF ILLUM 510N ED COLUMN, ANU 4TER PER COPES GENERAL PAfNTNOTE 5FOR rXrexloRrAu+nN6OFRETAILaUTLETs: 6aterwxerL.[we.a rROf[561oNwL iwINQRt m,.or<!e aoo"s[.s oa, o[e aWis.".0 m, cnwNi.c worw.tor.ioot MF w4LtEL•E'1[9 Atl Afrr4lGMwR. 'M![.ERIMi.GOrINGSLOW MN6 ACrlVEENPwv6 LI QLLvr nOr.<siwrlo iJK 6NOMN, CTC.rAIM JAAItGNI 'RC E..O s QE +M to +OR Dc+•'If. IN'OR'in ••["S h0[60, •r=o"ofl o"lot •Rnr E. 'OINTl tlof. COLOR s,[Qwwoo,+. r• i NALLS NO"6HO FLLO6 d"KlTWOD[GE— =o, n - Q66M0• FO ..Orro•'er r..l e. .e "Ky, arr..[[a[r•<. ^. er... nor.: r •. .'L. l :.:. 6. •+ ....fNt r.rt u..• '/rl•^ nSQ... LET•-.1c + nlOt^ na'._covcil rPMlrVrnlM RI IIF Firm FRONT ELEVATION 52' CO3/32"=1' Q s i j n ed cl 4e-JJ 1 R1. 312"- DLR. COPY AND MON. 5 *A 10£NT1fIChiIOF: RDrOShL [ f 6ATOR TIRE 80-01 61 W.. . t E.'x-.d% FAKRON,Ofi. AST MARKET STREET 4151 W.15T 2/14101 4431b-0001 IF ! 1....,r..,...[.T,,., SAN. ODD, FL 3 771 P;oyF an m N c 6 FOOD 1/4"_1, I14"_1' krol I EOT 30"LETTER5, 52-5"+-1NNGFC01 i55, AKEAbl AREA5.F. AMP5 - 31 TRANS. • INTERNAL 60MA w CIRCUITS - IrW0.20 AMP EQy 120Y 24"LETTER5, EQ. 4-2"+- WING FOOT fi AREA- 525.F. j LJ INi + Amr5-21 TVAN1L!! RANS-INTEKNAL 60Mh Y ! CIRCUITS - TWO-2A AMP EQ., 12oV Ee o I ,n Ea% a• 12' LETTERS, 21"*-WINGFOOT CD 2f E rm 2*Al2M'5IP5M- EA7DOvXl AREA - 14 5-F. 1R LE55 In 7 TKAN5 -REMOTE 6QIdA CIRCUITS ONE-2OhMP r 1J4'=1' 120V m V , P6i5REF--) 09YELL0W, REFLEXBLUE FACE COLOR-FM5109YELLOW r 0ANGF00TEIETAIL5.OFAQUEF10h r PM5•REFLEX BLUE PLA5FIC FACES • P4EXIGLA5-p2037 ACRYL ITE - #407-2 3M FILM - VT-5b51- GUY. YEILLOW m TRIM CAP-rm5 EEF1EXBLUE m IN ALUMINUM - BACIC5 .090 R£ TURN5.063 N RETURNlCANCOLOR EXT.- PMSREFLEX 5LUE ED INT- 5ATINWHITE NEON - 15MTUBE5- 4500K MANUFACTU9ERWILL FURN 15HWf- 1. 5E EF CONTAINED LETTERS: A. A95EKI61 ED L ETTEU M tf27IT0NWGMr5 ANP 4' PRU AK' ySAKEVArES 6, AFULL 51ZI rATTERN C.2'STAND 0FFCLIr5 D. NIOI VW551", DOLTS, NUTS S WA5HEILS 15"LETTERS, YELLOW 31-5" + • YL A5T1 C 1 REAR FACE AREA- 29 S. F. AMP5 20 TRAN5.- INTTTCNAL 60IIAA CIRCUITS-TWU-20 AMP 120 Y OPAQUE REFLEXUL U EYINYL DETAILS REFLEX&LUE _- -, MM CAP N WINGFOOT DETAIL5 N15 15 NIufftR NCQt 6LACL N eaFl 5t11GLfgnlll/ I D5TTM 7fl EESE 9ql1SWAfiWCE NEONILEYA hA5"mu II E9 MIR'WLETTUI tYIWRYMYIE1TFR SlEE ILy hi CAW - MW N 1Fx10R-SASIMIYII zrwarMLuew 'o e± r Q Q i I iN r , LDVut KMMx rrrscunn rr u it i f I Ir r on emENCA6N 111LL NH[Y l 11 ka ws r if m id rlCALO! f adoT. ICAL LETTER COMPONENTS N15 E.IVECLOCK 5PEC5 ARE 2, REmo TE TRANSFORMER LETTERS; rjU 5JECT TO el W1f:790• PCTASS AOOCPI R2-4M?tW-NRLP?D WJ'M ADDED A.AS5EMDtE0LETTERsw1 CfiAlrJGEVJITH d.REMAIMPO ERNFIELOAND ArPWVEC "LfCEEOXE5 OUT NOTICE 7000YEA R U.L. C.TRANSFOVAERSd VARIA7ION5 FROM TRAr1SFORWEEOM5 SPEC-5 TO BE ILLUMINATED C. A FULLSIZErAFTERMOMOUNTMWSNP5.0005. APPROVE0f5yrHE 11 j4 8A 5T HAR1SET ST'RMll:M AKROK,OH.4431" 01NVTBA 1NDIYi©UAL LETTERSruc11wfNs"E` s 1DENTIFICAi10N 13FPT.710 1i3FSTfF1rAn0N rrlORZ79L U! Iti . 5Fo fflrx lMAipM A r Eou E Ii.CAl aCOMI Di x q ratp- a h 1 O-A GPYL06 8/919b 114" r ON R W-V 11'pmN 4T Z. J i N II u r W i@ZJ W 0 ` I - I-LL coFy to -c FiR--r TLP Arx SIAY-TLr YELLDv PLkM:! tuz '.-MYL J' r' f r II +fir '` r+ l—1 •, r 1 J .. + :_' ice+ + L L. Ll S?S'i-TLE 'ZLLCIV FCRNE[? =A::E 'dl_St SURFACE '''=nYLF4S-E E:C TO v;AL- J:-H MDUVTIMI: FROM--- (:EE SLET IfiJF=_INTAL=U?r'CRT = FAME J L .O t•_JM S_ POR . FRAME CTO 3= LI$F= ;;.-EVEL.I'IG Pa-t;T) 1 1 + 3'1f rMn P_tSM FAX VTi I lit SWAM sr v a24FV ^s L.1 nor, ntoTc: I', i10_HTP.0 FRAME =R--% FAZE 2) PCST.ON F:ik,4E i-J WALL :I LOCISTI -a.-E'.£:.;ND N AP.Y HO_£5 3) sECUFr FRAki -: K'a_L 'KTw •FPR:FRAT-. WTcNF_r?5 UAS E:'EiT'1 FACIn TYPE c) P.E*.?7ACH FACE TO .<La USr;: FAS-EI•}EFLI P.EMOVED IN S-r PIF AF=.tOMATc 1'.S7, L-.ST104 THE '_:: mr. RE'A":24 C11SN I r+ura u =+ rrruv :V Nori-Lll. li V.t1L L0.n p or ME WIC-- tl Mi-Nl9]iK 207 N:K-Ja41I A i%t nts FAIP'ft T 22S M I3?5] E. -E1T£R MP.I c t it t o= 1 9_ TR_Ii. `T pin CLWSL 10 LF HAND RAIL o Lnm C x O C ui U rmv ^ ITY POLE V v r o L LITY LINE u TEMP(.14AF Y > BARR R c T COST.. 70 LF woad RAIL WER nE WAL): rOP=27.5 - 2s EL WER MANHOLE v FENCE INEN O m U a LOW L) m ow Da LEVAT10N Q v ELEVATION LO oC IGN E ANDICAP SYMBOLjM m 13 LITY POLE E RCP RLINI-L—ED CONCRETE PIPE CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE M.E.S. MITERED END SECTION 0 TELEPHONE MANHOLE STORM MANHOLE GB. CONCRETE BLOCK ESP EDGE OF PAVEMENT P,O,B. POINT OF BEGINNING CONCRETE FILLED 6' DIAMETER STEEL POST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP 15--,1NM 6' WATER MAIN TREE IRKING SPACE e s . N STATE RC R/W -, V CAVSL 25 LF HAND RAIL woOD RAIL ROAD T7C WALL 35 R 35 R 5' CONC WALK05 P 12:1 RAMP h 5' CONC WALK CONC WALK a F C5' PROPOSED 15' CITYSERVICEEASEMENT/ ry STOP 9CN t BAR 'RICH r — — — — — — — — ----- 12. Q SCmTURN YS! g'a I r hgl^ I Z o 5R pLt1 GJ------------ F r NUGb PROPOSED 15' ry SRINGRESS/EGRE y ; EASEMENT T 5 N I ST SI 5RS & A a N90 '00Y 1406 6 . 0 + s 5 U Ln IIJ s aN ' pPLANTER Z66. 50 Q 3 I 28.0LLAtyTE 0wiU 52.00' HC SI v iI W ZO NO PARKING I a U ME LANE' SIGN S Iir Q Y tT'• I DOOR zJ. 5' X 9' CONJ, STOOP I i II ¢ 25.0' 12.73' 2 10 10 0a.._. 18. 0' Zf OE ;..... .. • No PMING FIRE LANE' SIGN 14. 0' 3I PROPOSED g PQSuj`jil 0P City of S-a: iford Movie! Codes in eif c'. Stanc.'ard [wilding Code 19 37 ed. Standard Plumbing Cede 1997 ed. Standard P.c'.,a.nica! Cede 1997 ed. Natioi,,;i c ic;l _ 906 ed. See clay ;,,i? NTS FL. Acc,- 1.:37 FL. Enoigy Code 1C: gR1.,c-r)RE 9UILD1kv`' TbEgk lick htVItjWEO AND rip !lkhM11 A PICRMIT ISS'.: =D SI- ALI:_ Imo,: CONSTRUtFQ T Q klt A L.ICINSE TO PROCE7C, VITH THE WORK p IG NOT AS AUTHORITY TO Vlr' •_ A t-E. CANCEL ALTER OR SET ASIDE ANY (_,.. ' H PROVISIONS rJ- THE TFi-riNICALCODE£ NOR. z: ISSUANCE OF A PERMIT PREVENT THE F• _iILD"''": DEPT FROM ThIERFAF'TER REQUIRING A CORi16Z(' TION OF ERRORS ON THE PLANS, CONSTR!J(:TI(--'' OR OTHER VIC,i c- ..._ ., •-ODES OFFICE Copy U.S. Leader Development Co., Inc. 9439 Forest Cove Road Altamonte Springs, Fl 32714 Phone (407) 445-7235 Fax (407) 445-3586 Friday, April 13, 2001 Building Department City of Sanford 300 N. Park Avenue Sanford, Florida 32772 Re: Goodyear tire Center 4151 West V Street To Whom It May Concern: 1 Keith Carson do hereby certify that the building located at the above referenced property has a finish floor elevation that is in excess of sixteen (16) inches above the crown of the adjacent road. The finished floor elevation exceeds the requirements of the City of Sanford Building Code Section 6.7 (a). Vice President SCHEDULE U GATEWAY CORRIDOR DEVELOPMENT DISTRICTS SECTION 1.0 CREATION OF GATEWAY CORRIDOR There is hereby created special development standards known as the Gateway Corridors which are further described and specifically identified as follows: A. Lake Mary Boulevard Gateway - The Lake Mary Boulevard Corridor Gateway includes all lands located within the Sanford City Limits that lie within three hundred and twenty (320) feet of the centerline of Lake Mary Boulevard between the CSX Railroad Line and the Orlando Sanford Airport (existing) and within that portion of the extension of Lake Mary Boulevard (proposed) between the existing easternmost segment of Lake Mary Boulevard and State Road 46 East/County Road 415. If any part of any parcel abuts the right-of-way line of the designated roadway, the entire parcel shall be subject to this Part as if the parcel were wholly within the stated corridor. B. West S.R. 46 Gateway - The S.R. 46/West First Street Corridor Gateway includes all lands located within the Sanford City Limits that lie within three hundred and twenty 320) feet of the centerline of S.R. 46 between the Interchange at 1-4 and Airport Boulevard (existing). If any part ofany parcel abuts the right-of-way line of the designated roadway, the entire parcel shall be subject to this Part as if the parcel were wholly within the stated corridor. SECTION 1.1 PURPOSE The purpose of this Schedule is to insure that the designated Gateway Corridor is developed in a manner which: A. Insures the roadway is developed into a well landscaped, scenic gateway; B. Provides uniform design standards to establish high quality development; C. Prevents visual pollution caused by unplanned and uncoordinated uses, buildings and structures; D. Maximizes traffic circulation functions from the standpoint of safety, roadway capacity. vehicular and non -vehicular movement; E. Maintains and enhances property values; T. Preserves natural features to the extent practicable; and G. Recognizes and makes allowances for existing uses and buil(lings. l_. -1 Alit lvd. i );J:n;inir No 3.171, April 26. I' 99 SECTION 1.2 APPLICABILITY Unless otherwise specified herein, the Sanford Land Development Regulations shall apply. SECTION 2.0 BUILDING SETBACKS The front yard building setback shall be a minimum of fifty (50) feet. Such front yard building setback shall be greater than fifty (50) feet if a more restrictive setback is required as set forth in this ordinance, as part of a stipulation or condition of development, or as required in Schedule I - Base building line and designated right-of-way requirements for specific streets. SECTION 3.0 STREET -SIDE LANDSCAPE BUFFER A. Lake Mary Boulevard 1. A minimum fifteen (15) foot landscape buffer, or greater ifprovided by this ordinance, shall be provided in the area abutting the designated roadway right-of-way lines. Landscape buffer width may be reduced to a minimum of ten (10) feet only if the lot or tract is less than two hundred (200) feet in depth. 2. The developer/property owner shall be responsible for the purchase, installation, maintenance and irrigation of all required landscaping. 3. The landscape buffer area shall be planted with live oaks, of four (4) inch diameter at breast height (dbh) at planting, along a line ten (10) feet back from the right-of-way line.. The trees shall be planted every forty (40) feet and staggered so as to be midway between any live oaks planted in the adjacent right-of-way. A minimum of four (4)-sub-cano0y trees per one hundred (100) feet of frontage shall be planted in and about access points and intersections. Unless otherwise noted herein, all landscaping shall comply with Schedule J-Landscape, Buffer and Tree Requirements of the Sanford Land Development Regulations. 4. No existing, dedicated or reserved public or private right-of-way shall be included in calculation of the buffer width. 5. The corridor buffer area may include minor storm water retention features only. 6. If parking abuts the buffer, a continuous shrub hedge shall be arranged or planted so that a height of three (3) feet will be attained within one (1) year of planting so as to screen a minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of the parking area, to that height, as viewed from the right-of-way. 7. Existing vegetation may be used to meet these requirements. U-2 Adopied, Oidmancc No. 3471, April 26. 1999 B. West S.R. 46 1. A minimum twenty-five (25) foot landscape buffer, or greater if provided by this ordinance, shall be provided in the area abutting the designated roadway right-of-way lines. Landscape buffer width may be reduced to a minimum of fifteen (15) feet only if the lot is less than two hundred (200) feet deep. 2. The developer/property owner shall be responsible for the purchase, installation, maintenance and irrigation of all required landscaping. 3. The landscape buffer area shall be planted with two (2) rows of live oaks, of four (4) inch diameter at breast height (dbh) at planting. The trees shall be planted every fifty (50) feet and staggered so as to be midway between each other, and equal distance between each row and right-of-way. A minimum of four (4) sub -canopy trees per one hundred 100) feet of frontage shall be planted in and about access points and intersections. Unless otherwise noted herein, all landscaping shall comply with Schedule J-Landscape, Buffer and Tree Requirements of the Sanford Land Development Regulations. 4. No existing, dedicated or reserved public or private right-of-way shall be included in calculation of the buffer width. 5. The corridor buffer area may include minor storm water retentiomfeatures only. 6. If parking abuts the buffer, a continuous shrub hedge shall be arranged or planted so that a height of three (3) feet will be attained within one (1) year of planting so as to screen a minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of the parking area, to that height, as viewed from the right-of-way. 7. Existing vegetation may be used to meet these requirements. SECTION 4.0 PARKING Parking lots shall be designed and landscaped according to the following criteria: A. A minimum of ten percent (10%) of all parking area and entryways shall be landscaped. EXHIBIT 1 - DESIRABLE VEGETATION, set forth and included hereto, provides a list of desirable trees and shrubs. B. Parking bays shall not be larger than forty (40) spaces. C. Landscape Breaks. Perimeter landscaped parking breaks shall be a maximum of two hundred ( 200) square feet in area, planted with one (1) canopy tree and a maximum of twenty ( 20) spaces apart. 1. Internal landscaped breaks shall be a minimuin of four hundred (400) square feet U-? Adopled, Unlinancc No. 3471, April 20. I')')`) w planted with one (1) canopy tree, two to three (2-3) inches dbh, for every landscape break and a minimum of three (3) shrubs for every landscaped break. Internal breaks shall be a maximum of twenty (20) spaces apart. 2. Diamond landscaped breaks shall be placed every ten (10) spaces internally, shall be eight (8) feet by eight (8) feet and shall be planted with one (1) canopy tree. 3. Preservation - Existing vegetation may be used to meet these requirements. D. Lighting - Parking lot lighting shall be designed as follows: Illumination onto adjacent properties shall not exceed 0.5 foot-candles. Cut-off fixtures are required to conceal the actual source of the light which reduces glare and to direct the light to specific areas while shielding other areas. The maximum height of the light pole shall be twenty-five 25) feet, including the base. The minimum setback of the light source from the property line shall be a horizontal distance of twenty (20) feet. SECTION 5.0 SIGNAGE Signs shall be erected or installed according to the following criteria. Unless otherwise specified herein, signs shall comply with provisions in Schedule K of the Sanford Land Development Regulations. A. all Signs -The maximum allowable wall sigriarea shall•be.one.and.one•half- per one ( 1 ) linear footfof but ldmg frontagy Total sign area shall be the sum of allsignareas-excluding•window-signs'or•opening•banners. No individual wall sign shall exceed one hundred (100) square feet in size for a building with less than 200 linear feet of building frontage. For buildings with building frontage exceeding 200 linear feet, no individual sign shall exceed two hundred (200) square feet in size. B. Ground Signs. Only one ground sign shall be allowed per parcel with 400' or less road frontage. If a parcel's road frontage exceeds 400' and is less than 700' then a maximum of two ground suns shall be allowed, but no closer than 300' apart. If a parcel's road frontage exceeds 700' then a maximum of three ground signs shall be allowed, but no closer than 300' apart. Ground signs along intersecting roadways which are greater than three hundred twenty (320) feet from the corridor roadway centerline must demonstrate that the sign is not visible from the corridor roadway and that the sign is directed to be viewed from the intersecting street. 1. Vertical structure supports for ground signs shall be concealed in an enclosed base. The width of such enclosed base shall be equal to at least two-thirds (2/3) the horizontal width of the sign surface. A planter structure shall enclose the foot of the base. The planter shall be bctwcen two (2) and three (3) feet in height above the ground, with a minimum length equal to the width of the sign and a minimum width of three (3) feet. The base and planter shall be ol-brick. U-4 2. Any external above ground light source shall be located and hidden within the planter bed. Light sources located outside the planter bed shall be in a burial fixture. 3. The maximum height of the entire sign structure shall be fifteen (15) feet. 4. The planter setback shall be a minimum of five (5) feet from the right-of-way. 5. The maximum allowable ground sign area shall be one and one half (1.5) square feet per one (1) linear foot of building frontage but shall not exceed one hundred (100) square feet. Ground sign base, sides and top are excluded from the sign area calculation. 6. Maximum Total Sign Area - In no case shall the sum of total wall sign square footage plus total ground sign square footage exceed two (2) square feet per one (1) linear foot of building frontage on any given parcel. 7. Movement - No ground sign nor its part shall move, rotate or use flashing lights. 8. Illumination - Sign lights shall be focused, directed, and so arranged as to prevent glare or direct illumination or traffic hazard from said lights onto residential districts or onto the abutting roadways. No flashing or pulsating light shall be permitted on any sign. 9. Prohibited Signs - Include the following signs as outlined in Schedule K of the Sanford Land Development Regulations: Animated sign, billboard, flashing sign, snipe signs, sandwich sign and portable sign, seawall sign, beacon light, bench signs, trash receptacle signs, gutter signs, signs on public property, immoral display, obstruction, streamers, spinners and pennants. 10. Exempted Signs - Real estate signs. 11. Flags - Flags are permitted as follows: a maximum of one (1) state, one (1) federal and one (1) local/county flag per parcel, each a maximum of thirty-five (35) square feet. 12. Opening Banners - Opening banners shall be allowed from two (2) weeks prior to opening until one (1) month after opening. SECTION 6.0 UTILITY LINES All new or relocated utility lines within the designated corridor shall be constructed and installed beneath the surface of the ground unless it is determined by the City that soil, topographical, or any other compelling conditions, make the underground installation of such utility lines as prescribed herein unreasonable and impracticable. SECTION 7.0 WALLS All freestanding walls, sound barriers, ground sign enclosures, planters, etc. fronting along the U-5 designated roadway or its major intersections shall be of brick. Alternate entrance features such as stone, metal, wood, etc., may be approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission. SECTION 8.0 RESIDENTIAL EXEMPTED All residentially zoned single family lots are exempted from meeting all standards contained in this schedule except for the burial of utility service lines, wall requirements and the building setback requirement. U-G Adopicd, Ordinance No. 3471, April 26, 1999 EXHIBIT 1 - DESIRABLE VEGETATION TREE SPECIES TREE SIZE S M L Chickasaw Plum S Loquat S Sand -live Oak S Wax Myrtle S Red Cedar M X Cherry Laurel M Longleaf Pine L Red Maple L Slash Pine L Drake Elm M Chinese Elm M X Winged Elm L Crape Myrtle S X Blue Beech M Laurel Oak L X Shumard Oak L X Live Oak L X Crabapple S Florida Elm M Hackberry L Dahoon Holly M Jerusalem Thorn S Southern Magnolia L Cabbage Palm L X SHRUB SPECIES Shining Sumac X Winged Sumac X Padocarpus X Viburnum Spp. X Ligustrum Spp. Yaupon Holly X Fetter Bush Native Azaleas Saw Palmetto Juniper X Red -Leaf Photinia X DROUGHT TOLERANT U-7 Adoh!ed, Ordinance No. 3d71, April 20, 1VVI1 ABILITY TO TRANSPLANT Easy or Difficult) E E D E D D D E E E D E FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY O.M.B. No. 3067-0077 NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM Expires July 31, 2002 ELEVATION CERTIFICATE Important: Read the instructions on na °':s 1 - 7. SECTION A - PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION For Insurance Company Use: BUILDING OWNER'S NAME Policy Nurnbsr- CMDM& T/ SroeE BUILDING STREET ADDRESS (Including Apt., Unit, Suits, and/or Bldg. No.) OR P.O. ROUTE AND BOX NO. CoTp_any NAIC.Number W=CT, rior y- ro.cr %; T y: . CITY W - W - #rr.W or htXfAWN111 ') eta HORIZONTAL DATUM: SOURCE. LJ GINS (Type): LJ NAD 1927 LJ NAD 1983 LJ USGS Quad Map LJ Other. SECTION B - FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) INFORMATION 81. NFIP COMMUNITY NAME 3 COMMUNITY NUMBER B2. COUNTY NAME B3. STATE la/coc WAA D AM&S /to 294 S4flAtCZE 1 AL. B4. MAP AND PANEL B5. SUFFIX B6. FIRM INDEX B7. FIRM PANEL B8. FLOOD B9. BASE FLOOD ELEVATION(S) NUMBER I DATEI EFFECTIVE/REVISED DATE ZONE IS) Zone AO, use depth of flooding) 2/l Ct9040 F G /% r /E XGefT B10. Indicate the source of the Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data or base flood depth entered in B9. LJ FIS Profile Q& FIRM LJ Community Determined LJ Other (Describe): B11. Indicate the elevation datum used for the BFE in B9: LJ NGVD 1929 LJ NAVD 1988 LJ Other (Describe): B12. Is the building located in a Coastal Barrier Resources System (CBRS) area or Otherwise Protected Area (OPA)? LJ Yes Q J No Designation Date: SECTION C - BUILDING ELEVATION INFORMATION (SURVEY REQUIRED) C1. Building elevations are based on: "Construction Drawings' LJBuilding Under Construction' MFinished Construction A new Elevation Certificate will be required when construction of the building is complete. C2. Building Diagram Number I (Select the building diagram most similar to the building for which this certificate is being completed - see pages 6 and 7. If no diagram accurately represents the building, provide a sketch or photograph.) C3. Elevations - Zones Al-A30, AE, AH, A (with BFE), VE, VI-V30, V (with BFE), AR, ARIA, AR/AE, AR/A1-A30, AR/AH, AR/AO Complete Items C3a-i below according to the building diagram specified in Item C2. State the datum used. If the datum is different from the datum used for the BFE in Section B, convert the datum to that used for the BFE. Show field measurements and datum conversion calculation. Use the space provided or the Comments area of Section D or Section G, as appropriate, to document the datum conversion. Datum Conversion/Comments Elevation reference mark used $M tom. V) 93'7V1 Does the elevation reference mark used appear on the FIRM? L}Yes. JY No O a) Top of bottom floor (including basement or enclosure) 81 • ft.(m) O b) Top of next higher floor ft•(m) s +• u! O c) Bottom of lowest horizontal structural member (V zones only) or r O d) Attached garage (top of slab) = ft.(m) W T '/i` n O e) Lowest elevation of machinery and/or equipment servicing the building 3i • ft.(m) O f) Lowest adjacent grade (LAG) 91. fL(m) z y O g) Highest adjacent grade (HAG) Al . 'L ft.(m) O h) No. of permanent openings (flood vents) within 1 ft. above adjacent grade 4Q u' h 1 O i) Total area of all permanent openings (flood vents) in C3h sq. in. (sq. cm) SECTION D - SURVEYOR, ENGINEER, OR ARCHITECT CERTIFICATION This certification is to be signed and sealed by a land surveyor, engineer, or architect authorized by law to certify elevation Information. I certify that the information in Sections A, B, and C on this certificate represents my best efforts to interpret the data available. 1 understand that any false statement may be punishable by fine orimprisonment under 18 U.S. Code, Section 1001. CERTIFIER'$ NAME LICEMSE NUMBER A FFMA Fnrrn R1A`I AI Ir: QQ CFF RFVFRRF rinr- Fr1R r.nNTINI IATInN RFPI Ar:FC Al I Ppr-virn m, FrnTInNC 3 FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY O.M.B. No. 3067-0077 NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM Expires July 31, 2002 ELEVATION CERTIFICATE Important: Read the instructions on pages 1 - 7. SECTION A - PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION For Insurance Company Use: BUILDING OWNER'S NAME Policy Number.. C&ODM9rieE' Sro eE - BUILDING STREET ADDRESS (Including Apt., Unit, Suite, and/or Bldg. No.) OR P.O. ROUTE AND BOX NO. Company NAIC Number CITY PROPERTY DESCRIPTION (Lot and Block Numbers, Tax Parcel Number, Legal Desulpuon, OTC.) p.42r aF lar' Q _ M. Ae --CA4-trsl1S 7 inn SUA,0Jt/LV,0& . RR. J. PG B4 W - W - #w.l>e#' or U NAD 1927 LI NAD 1983 SOURCE. Ll GPS (Type): LJ USGS Quad Map L Other. SECTION B - FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM) INFORMATION B7. NFIP COMMUNITY NAME 3 COMMUNITY NUMBER B2. COUNTY NAME B3. STATE worn .9gas /20Z9¢ 1 SeM/A/oGE I )C:L. B4. MAP AND PANEL B5. SUFFIX B6. FIRM INDEX B7. FIRM PANEL 85. FLOOD B9. BASE FLOOD ELEVATION(S) NUMBER I DATEI EFFECTNIVREVISED DATE ZONE F) Zone AO, use depth of flooding) ye. /7 9 1 i — ,[GrST B10. Indicate the source of the Base Flood Elevation (BFE) data or base flood depth entered in 59. FIS Profile Q& FIRM LJ Community Determined LJ Other (Describe): 1311. Indicate the elevation datum used forthe BFE in 89: N NGVD 1929 LJ NAVD 1988 LJ Other (Describe): B12. Is the building located in a Coastal Barrier Resources System (CBRS) area or Otherwise Protected Area (OPA)? LJ Yes Q4t No Designation Date, SECTION C - BUILDING ELEVATION INFORMATION (SURVEY REQUIRED) C1. Building elevations are based on: LJConstruction Drawings* LJBuilding Under Construction* NFinished Construction A new Elevation Certificate will be required when construction ofthe building is complete. C2. Building Diagram Number I (Select the building diagram most similar to the building for which this certificate is being completed - see pages 6 and 7. If no diagram accurately represents the building, provide a sketch or photograph.) C3. Elevations — Zones Al-A30, AE, AH, A (with BFE), VE, V11430, V (with BFE), AR, ARIA, AR/AE, AR/A1-A30, AR/AH, AR/AO Complete Items C3a-i below according to the building diagram specified in Item C2. State the datum used. If the datum is different from the datum used for the BFE in Section B, convert the datum to that used for the BFE. Show field measurements and datum conversion calculation. Use the space provided or the Comments area of Section D or Section G, as appropriate, to document the datum conversion. Datum Conversion/Comments Elevation reference mark used S" t& */L93'7V1 Does the elevation reference mark used appear on the FIRM? LJ Yes W Noy O a) Top of bottom floor (including basement or enclosure) 81. ft.(m) a 0 b) Top of next higher floor ft.(m) 3 O c) Bottom of lowest horizontal structural member (V zones only) ft (m) 8 O d) Attached garage (top of slab) ft.(m) g O e) Lowest elevation of machinery and/or equipment W servicing the building 31 • ft.(m) E a O f) Lowest adjacent grade (LAG) SI . ft.(m) z' y O g) Highest adjacent grade (HAG) 31 . ' ft.(m) O h) No. of permanent openings (flood vents) within 1 ft. above adjacent grade O i) Total area of all permanent openings (flood vents) in C311 sq. in. (sq. cm) SECTION D - SURVEYOR, ENGINEER, OR ARCHITECT CERTIFICATION This certification is to be signed and sealed by a land surveyor, engineer, or architect authorized by law to certify elevation information. I certify that the information in Sections A, B, and C on this certificate represents my best efforts to interpret the data available. I understand that any false statement may be punishable by fine or imprisonment under 18 U.S. Code, Section 1001. CERTIFIER'S NAME , . _. . . _ _. - LIC MBER 'y„A Svie FFMA Fnnn R1_'i1 Al Ir. QQ CFF RFVFRCF Clnr- Fr1R r.nNTIN1 IATInN RFPI Ar:FC Al I PRFVIr11 m, r-nMnNC 3 T & S Investments 9161 Bay.Point Drive Orlando, Florida 32819 March 25, 2001 City of Sanford Building Department Sanford, Florida Re: Goodyear/Gator Tire Store 4151 W. 1 S` Street Sanford, Fl. 32771 To whom it may concern: Please be advised that the above building will not be occupied until we have received the proper certificate of o,gcupancy from the City of Sanford. Tom Otto Owner N 0-- T & S Investments 9161 Bay Point Drive Orlando, Florida 32819 March 25, 2001 City of Sanford Building Department Sanford, Florida Re: Goodyear/Gator Tire Store 4151 W. Is' Street Sanford, Fl. 32771 To whom it may concern: This writing is to request pre power for the above location. At this time, US Leader Construction must test building lighting, the A/C to test and balance, all automotive equipment, and phase/rotation on motors. Your cooperation in this matter is greatly appreciated. Sincer y Tom Otto Owner ZLo ' ! CITY OF SANFORD, FLORIDA APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT b 4J 0 7 d O a Cr. O PERMIT ADDRESS l Total Contract Price of Job O° Describe Work -%A I ni If_ I-OrLE !!? PERMIT NUMBER OI -` l /OC/ Total Sq. Ft. 75(,70 Type of Constructio Flood Prone (YES) (NO) Number of Stories T Number of Dwellings Zoning Occupancy: Residential Commercial xIndustrial LEGAL DESCRIPTION (please attach printout from Seminole County) TAX I.D. NUMBER OWNER C_-,0/pyG,A Z ADDRESS CITYV QjZp STATE I TITLE HOLDER (IF OTHER THAN OWNER) ADDRESS CITY STATE BONDING ADDRESS CITY COMPANY ARCHITECT ADDRESS _ CITY MORTGAGE ADDRESS _ CITY LENDER STATE STATE STATE i'.[I 1 1IY10 7 ZIP ZIP ZIP ZIP ZIP CONTRACTOR 0,eq/VCE LQU/VTLJ QQ®;/A/r_a INC. PHONE NUMBER ADDRESS W0 ST. LICENSE NUMBER CITY Ni//Jf Affix STATE 1 ZIP _OR71g2 - Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, SIGNS, POOLS, ETC. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. A COPY OF THE RECORDED COPY OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT WILL BE POSTED ON THE JOB SITE WITH PERMITS NO LATER THAN SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED. FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOU PAYING TWICE FOR THE IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. ACCEPTANCE OF PERMIT IS VERIFICATION THAT I WILL NOTIFY THE OWNER OF THE PROPERTY OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF FLORIDA LIEN LAW, FS713. w*w***************tr****tr*************w**********tr*************************w* H 10 Z 1G M O 1ar a o ny 4 Signature of Owne Agen & Date Sign re of Contractor & Date ova '< Type or Print Owner/Agent Name Type or Print Contractor's Name o x O M Signature of Notary & ate ignature of Notary & Date[ Official Seal) 1xrtICI ;-F, . RUTH DENNISON MU I M DENNISON MY COMMISSION 4 CC 899410 _ MY COMMISSION # CC 899410 O s EXPIRES: September 9, 2001 EXPIRES: September 9, 2001 70 Gp' h• ` Bonded Thru Notary PublicUndenvrilera %;pQ BondedThru Notary Public Underwriters N G 0 ro r. rl Nl rt1 w: 4 G O' roHa) a 0a)>q Za4E•i Application Appr v! )hit- ed BY: I Date: -,2 %- 01 FEES: Building Radon Police FirA Open Space Road Impact Application -- PERMIT VALIDATION: CHECK CASH DATE - BY ORIGINAL (BUILDING) YELLOW (CUSTOMER) PINK (COUNTY TAX OFFICE) GOLD (CO. ADMIN) i d C n r+ M o. N d THIS APPLICATION USED FOR WORK VALUED $2500.00 OR MORE 1 REVISIONS 33c03 PERMIT # 00 Z-3 9 DATE 0a ` ©l - 0 ) ADDRESS J G I s T S/OFzKk IBC , CONTRACTOR 01-Ar-CS C-O,J.s T . PH # yo7 41'lf-7.23,f x /'//o FAX # (yo DESCPRITION OF REVISION: i LeN x ,Q.: C 1,,.0 To 7t-t+hAz To (, c T/{• /cF v i caA11 vIsA TAciN4,ke_ To be Roor- ),.7 C.)A11 X Y Lih'.jd1ArTC oy r / C4k-, J t Oyo,s Zoo as L/N CkAN1 L XNS,.:143 /oG&L avC-r %o i /a"' FibQiC /igJ OVC Z,.ai+ O oFF ':, in. .c of 7 ic< TiSe cr,rs+T .S'Tc/ti+jc t/ ls©I c j ?o-,t U T N CyT S4..: TG F, ?*Eto 3 CAkc, w cI l UTILITIES Occ orb , FIRE A D ae /31 BLDG 045 nft- A 11 r9. -L / 0 C-J`ovn GV%y evcaug REVISIONS 33c03 PERMIT # 00 Z- 3 9 DATE 0a ` ©l - 0 ) ADDRESS J G I s T S/OFzKk IBC , CONTRACTOR 01-Ar- CS C-O,J.s T . PH # yo7 41' lf-7.23,f x /'//o FAX # (yo DESCPRITION OF REVISION: i LeN x ,Q.: C 1,,.0 To 7t-t+hAz To (, c T/{• / cF v i caA11 v Is A TAciN4,ke_ To be Roor- ),.7 C.)A11 X Y Lih'.jd1ArTC oyr / C4k-, J t Oyo,s Zoo as L/N CkAN1 L XNS,.:143 / oG&L avC-r %o i /a"' FibQiC /igJ OVC Z,.ai+ O oFF ':, in. . c of 7 ic< TiSe cr,rs+T .S'Tc/ti+jc t/ ls©I c j ?o-, t U T N CyT S4..: TG F, ?*Eto 3 CAkc, w cI l UTILITIES Occ orb , FIRE A D ae / 31 BLDG 045 nft-A 11 r9. - L /0 C-J` ovn GV%y evcaug r -7717 .lJr[rurtN 1 C « 1 R1+ UA 1 UK Mt 1 AL F'KVUUCTS Roof Vents Gaivenlzed Tall Vents. 0" HI. from baso to oponing, Size No. UPC In. Dese. Regular ARV-4 4 Regular ARV-4-0 4 w/Damper ARV-4-C 4 w/4' Collar Plate ARV 4-C-D 4 w/Collar b Damper ARV-6 6 Regular ARV-6-D 6 w/Damper ARV-6-C 6 w/Collar Plate ARV-4-C-D 6 w/Collar b Damper A V-1 10 Regular 10 w/Damper ARV-10-C 10 w/Collar Plate ARV-10-C-D 10 • w/Collar b Damper Tall ARV-4-T 4 Tall for Tile Roofs ARV-4-T-D 4 w/Damper ARY-4-T-C 4' w/Collar Mato ARV-4-T-C-D 4 w/Cotlar Plate & N111per ARV-6-7 6 roll 11x 1114 111WAR ARV-e-T-0 R WIN1111ml ARV-6-T-C 6 w/Collar Plate ARV-6-T-C-D 6 w/Collar Phir A I1tt1nprr GATOR METAL PRODUCTS Wall Vents Aluminum - w/Damper or Screen Round ROC111n0Y1p Size No. UPC DeeC. In. rmk= UL REVISIONS PERMIT # ©© DATE oa — 0 9 - 0 ( ADDRESS CONTRACTOR U, S, L el!Je2 L'oNs! PH #(I/071 yqr- -2a3s Xiy/o FAX #(L102),41,VS--3r86 DESCPRITION OF REVISION: (Zey i s-e %fuss o'k3"ecl o,o UTILITIES FIRE k4 BLDG 4 OrMMIGN META* MUMCANE GTRAP6 - MCTALLED EACH END EAC" TRW exam 16 HOLLOW CM G 4I oow. 6' PLYWOOD EDGE BLOCKING - BEE RAN NOTES 9' Ccw DOUBLE BOND BEAM WY4-S CONT, GROUT ALL CELLS F" - TYPICAL tRuas coivNEctioN 9 IVISION TO MET. 9/6-4 NTS 27319 LIME AVENUEProj. No. 2000-117 TFBO C, inC. DATE ;;-6'-:' 20(.', A, YALAHA, FL 34797 DRAWN JDB 352-324-2257 VOICE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 352-324-2262 FAX _ PROJECT MANAGEMENT E-MAIL: TFBOC OL.COMCHECKJBWU°' 0000nAR STORE IN SANFORD, FL S K - 01 SR'R•BON PWA16 HLOWCANE STRAP& INSTALLED EACH END EACH TRLSS 6. S x S x 16 HOLLOW CM Q 4 F PLYUZXM EDGE BLOCKING - GEE FILM NOTES R DOUSLE BOND BEAM CANT. GIQ= ALL RILL - TYPICAL SEE SCHEDULE REVISION t0 DST. 10/6-4 NTS n LHN n 27319 LIME AVENUE `' I::z• "1 Proj. No. 2000-117 DA E '2.-6=ZOU1,fr TFBOC., In j YALAHA, FL 34797 rDRAWNJDB352-324-2257 VOICESTRUCTURALENGINEERING352-324-2262 FAX ' CHECK JBW & PROJECT MANAGEMENT E-MAIL: TFBOC ,AOL.COM -CJ GOODYEAR STORrm IN SANPORDL PL s K - 0 2 I o - TRUSS CONNECT I ON REVISION TO DET. ll/S-4 NTS Pro j. No. 2000-117 TFBOC.,Inc. 27319 LIME AVENUE YALAHA, FL 34797 DRAWN JDB352-324-2257 VOICESTRUCTURALENGINEERING352-324-2262 FAX CHECK : JBW & PROJECT MANAGEMENT E-MAIL: TFBOC AOL.COM 300DYBAR STORE IN SANFORD, FL ff SK-03 PLTWOM EDGE PLAN NPIM N,a"wwokl OPI-OON META16 r-O' pG MMOCANE &TRAP! M&TALLED EACM END EACH Tiam BONDC4WDOUBLEND BEAM W/4-% COW GPXW ALL416' CELLS WLL - TTPICAL x & x 16 HOLLOW CM TRUSS COfVNECT I ON REVISION TO DST. 14/6-4 NTS GOLD GWA= r.ONT BOm BEAM W 1-% EA. C AMB • LEVWX 27319 LIME AVENUE `` "" + Pro j. No. 2000-117 YALAHA, FL 34797 DATE•: 2-6-2001°`. TFBOC, Inc. -,r , 352-324-2257 VOICE ' DRAWN JDB STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 352-324-2262 FAX - CHECK JBW PROJECT MANAGEMENT E-MAIL: TFBOC@AOL.COM ' J t h> 1F C4OODYEAR STORE IN SANFORD, k s K- 0 4 Po ani -I2vs5 L'v•Qw` THESE PLANS •• i2 VIE`:;S U AND CONDITIONALLY ACCEPTED FOR Pf_R'•!. T. f, F'I_RMI'T ;SSUED SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO bF. V, TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK AND rqo '; ;,4 AUTHORITY TO VIOLATE, CANCEL, ALTER. C+;:d :jE t A'_ _)E ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF Tr+E ' E • 'ANICAL CODE * NOR SHALL ISSUANCE OF APE t: a.." PREVENT ° BUILDING DEPT FROM THEREa '1'4R r:-011,7?ING a CORREC- TION OF ERRORS C'4 YHE '• `t,"-RUCTION OR OTHER VIOLATION; - `r' '-: '^" y p\11411s,i, 6 PEA14S REV IEW E CITY OF SANFORD OFFICE COPY PERMIT#66-3 9 CITY OF SANFORD MECHANICAL APPLICATION PERMIT N0. D/70 8 DATE: 1262100 THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY -APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: OWNER'S NAME 714 S TnyPs4men4 i C GOAd Jfe.r ADDRESS OF JOB 11151 G. / " 54-c- s-1- Fc . 3.2 7 7/ MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: Cot Pa r , i t C1s ,;4,:,— i r . (, t , ,Zn C_ RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL Subject to rules and regulations of Sanford Mechanical Code r r e.0^14; fi'.... 0'^ y,'A -/:+ 4 /S' & r./ Prl +- 5y""05,, DdGf c.rd d JCJL Li, r *- Valuation: Z boo "go' Application Fee: $10.00 Total By Signing this application I am stating that I am in compliance with City of Sanford Mechanical Code. Applicant Signature CACv 7 y3 States License# CITY OF-SANFORI ELECTRICAL APPLICATION PERMIT NO. O/ =7O / DATE: /.21Z.2 /d 6 THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL WORK: OWNER'S NAME: % s Zn s wte is Creod M/ ADDRESS OF JOB: Y/S/ W. / tf s1S' c-f. Ja+wci .L 3277 / CarQefe.4e Erecf.:t ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: Seri- ce1. Znc . RES NON-RES Subject to rules and regulations of the city electrical code: By signing this application 1 am stating I am in compliance with the City Electrical Code Applicaot'i Signatn Coco IS g1 States License# a ORLANDO OMCE: j JACKSONVI LE OMCE: 4962 North Pine Avenue 5783 Mining Terrace, venter Park, FL 32792 ELECTRIC SERVICES, INC. Jacksonville, FL 32257 Off- (407) 677-4080 Off:, (904) 886-4370 Fax: (407) 677-9919 "Commercial & Industrial Electric & Air Conditioning Services" Fax: (904) 886 4372 Company Name: Corporate Electric Services, Inc. Qualifier Name: Gary R. Haight License Number: ECOOOI 584 I hereby authorize the City of Sanford Building Department to issue permits to David B Englert, whose position with our company is, Project Manager.' x).This authorization is good for thejob at: 4151 West,First Street Sanford, Florida 32771 Any and all permits until further notice. The permit must be signed in front of the building official or his representative, l.understand that I remain ' fully responsible for all acts performed ,under said permits. December-22, 2000 Date Li Hol gnat" This action must beart notari signature of the license holder" STATE OF FLORIDA ; County of Orange the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 22nd day of December 2000, by Ana Rodriguez. Seal) Notary Signature \ ' Personally/professionally known . or Produced Identification Type of ID Produced ANA MARIA aouatouEZ012esFexpires23003ModsymmreNo: =11928 Bonded thtu Ashton Inc' g9e^cy, cc: Power of ATT Mechanical STATE CERTIFIED EC0001584 9 CAC057545 ti APPROVED AS NOTED. pl' o, CITY OF SANFORD PLANS REVIEW COMMENT SHEET DATE 1-2-o - ao©o PROJECT: a«oc1 ADDRESS: y is t c 9. % -' CONTRACTOR: Uls- tletkc1.,, C'Cw.S4. Q.. OWNER: Grb,cl PLANS REVIEWED BY: 'C.aS & iry COMMENTS: o r l/[e T QY r,n PERSON NOTIFIED: DATE: PHONE: NO ONE NOTIFIED: DATE RESPONSE RECEIVED: FAX: CITY OF SANFORD INSPECTIONS DIVISION COMMERCIAL REVIEW COMMENTS NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECT: 6;ocr exk @U . DATE: 7 ` Zv - 06 ADDRESS: <kks k W, k l S-- SANFORD, FL. 32772 CONTRACTOR: OS UgQa., LiC# ADDRESS: PHONE# REVIEW COMMENTS: S 1. Finish floor elevatio c es above center line of established street or a. Mi gradeeve when property has no paved street. City Section 6-7. r. 2. rip footers shall be i 15 rebars for 1-story buildings, 2-story buildings ave 3-#5 rebars in footers, and #5 dowel at each corner. Size of s shall be 8"x16" min. for a 1-story and 10"x20" for a 2-story. 0 3. eep and 16" wide with 45 degree angleMonofooter/slab com hb into 4"slab. 20" deep and 20" wide with 45 degree angle into 4" einforcement sall e as in stripfooter all laps a min. Of 25 inches. ta--' 4. Masonry construction shall have a min. of 145 rebar in lintel course or tie beams. Verticial down rods shall be #5 rebar with 24" bend tied to lintel rebar and min. of 25" lap at each dowel $ tied. 5. Means of egress shall comply to Chapter 10, 97 S.B.C. 6. Means of egress and illuminations shall comply to section 1016.1,1016.2 and 1016.3 Exit Signs) 1997 S.B.C. i 7. All corridors shall be a minimum of 44", Table 1104,1991, S.B.C. g 8. All restrooms shall comply to 1997, H.C.F.S. 553, Part 5. 9. Interior finishes shall comply to Chapter 8, Table $03.3,1997, S.B.C. a/ 10. All electrical wiring service & fixtures shall comply to 1996 N.E.C. and Notice L Amendents. 11. All plumbing shall comply to 1994, S.P.C. and 1997 F.S. 553, Part 5 Florida Accessibility Code . 12. All mechanical equipment & duct systems shall comply to 1997, S.M.C. and 1997 Florida Enegry Code. tr' 13. Firewalls or tenant separations shall comply to Sec.413.3 & Table 704.1 & 704.1.4, 1997 S.B.C. All rated wall penetrations shall be sleeved and fire caulked. 14. Stairs shall comply to Section 1006, 1007, 1007.1.2, 1007.3, 1007.4, 1007.5, 11007.5.3 1007. 6,1007.7,1007.8,1008.6, 8, 1015,1997 S.B.C. f7' 15. Shall comply to 1994 N.F.P.A: 1 16. Shall comply to Life Safety Code 101,1994. 61-- 17. Final grading inspection needs to be done after final grade but prior to final landscaping. Review by: 1 CITY OF SANFORD, FLORIDA APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT PERMIT ADDRESS LJ151 `dts'r 1'57ra 'S"C'Zgtc" PERMIT NUMBER Total Contract Price of Job ;r Describe Work 6'IGr Type of Construction C!m%j Number of Stories _L Occupancy: Residential 04!%> Total Sq. Ft. 446H Flood Prone (YES Number of Dwellings Zoning _ Commercial ' Industrial LEGAL DESCRIPTION please attach printout from Seminole County) TAX I.D. NUMBER 2 fjq • jQ r-JQ(o.Oppu-%• cow OWNER I``IrOeJ' *A,) PHONE NUMBER 4W1 (o'Z9'A'1ZZy ADDRESS CITY STATE(, Z I P Ze TITLE HOLDER ADDRESS CITY IF OTHER THAN OWNER) BONDING COMPANY ADDRESS CITY STATE STATE ZIP ZIP ARCHITECT I-9AC-nQ_, L-TV ADDRESS '33 i..i rGp CITY e=l0-L4SJip STATE 1 ZIP MORTGAGE LENDER JJj A, ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP CONTRACTOR Q.5. L,e*4,Ve:aZ.. PHONE NUMBER 401 4T5',W,%14 to ADDRESS 1It731I OQA%JG&4,X7C'ji 156A1CP ST. LICENSE NUMBER 4%IrC, 01 Z14 % CITY 0a&A,-ZCs0 STATE 11111,.., ZIP --SWDZ1 Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, SIGNS, POOLS, ETC. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. A COPY OF THE RECORDED COPY OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT WILL BE POSTED ON THE JOB SITE WITH PERMITS NO LATER THAN SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED. FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOU PAYING TWICE FOR THE IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. ACCEPTANCE OF PERMIT IS VERIFICATION THAT I.WILL THE REQUIREMENTS OF FLORIDA LIEN LAW, FS713. lD0 Signature of Owner/Agent & Date Sig a a 3 a cc E M M o Z >+ 10 w C O O N d Z a E+ E NOTIFY THE OWNER OF THE PROPERTY OF H 'V Z 1< M O10c) M N 0 O 4 atxme of Contractor & Dat M a -< rTMi @:ate < y Z Type or Print Owner/Agent Name Type or Print Contractor's Name r7 B c O O Signature of Notary & Date Signature of Notary & Date Official Seal) (Official Seal) r" MELANIE K LADINES MELANIE K LADINESMYCOMMISSION # CC 915165 MY COMMISSION iCC 915165aEXPIRES: April 18 20% = EXPIRES: April 18, 2004h ° Bonded Thru Nobly Public Undwwdtere i,j Bonded Thru Noary Public Underwrbre Application Approved BY: pk-#019 % Date: FEES: Building 5 A)O Radon tj 1W. Police 1510.09 Fire to $ Open Space — Road Impact 11pplication0 no PERMIT VALIDATION: CHECK CASH DATE BY ORIGINAL ( BUILDING) YELLOW (CUSTOMER) PINK (COUNTY TAX OFFICE) GOLD ADMIN) H v THIS APPLICATION USED FOR WORK VALUED $2500.00 OR MORE Parcel Information 07 July 2000 Page 1 of 2 Parcel:28-19-30-506-0000-0080 Property: Owner:NORVIEW CORP Mailing:955 STONEWOOD LN MAITLAND, FL 32751 3238 Legal: LOT 8 (LESS S 406 FT & E 159 FT) & 70 FT OF S 476 FT OF E 159 FT OF LOT 8 M M SMITHS 3RD SUBD PB 1 PG 86 TRY: 2000 TD: S1 DOR: 10 SANFORD. VAC GENERAL-COMMERCI Homestead Year Granted: Amendment-10 Amendment-10 Prior Year Total Re Appraised Addtion Total Land Value 82,764 82,764 82,76 Extra Features Building Value Income Value Total Just Value 82,764 82,76 0 1 82,764 0 Correct Assd/Admin Value Classified Value Amend 10 Adjustment Total Assessed Value 82,76 82,764 0 82,764 0 SALES le Deed escription Sale Date ORB Book ORB Page Sale Amt 1 QC D UIT CLAIM DEED 03/01/1999 03612 0977 10 V 11ICLDARRANTYDEED10/01/1998 03514 0003 86,20 V 03 D ARRANTY DEED 10/01/1985 01678 0356 18,40 V 00 D ARRANTY DEED 08/01/1984 01569 0660 50, D UIT CLAIM DEED 01/01/1977 01147 1527 30,00 V 00 LAND CODE Land Rate jAg Ratel Land Area I Frontage ID/Tj Depth Class Value Adj Ovd Reason Just Value AS I $2.Oq O.Oq 41,382.00q 0.0 0 82,764 82,76 Total: 82,764 82,764 DEVELOPMENT FEE WORKSHEETn CITY OF SANFORD UTILITY - ADMIN. P. 0. BOX 1788 r.; SANFORD, FL 32772-1788 Project Name: CccP,'G/» _MgV.,C Date: Owner/Contact Person: Phone: Address: Type of Development: 1) RESIDENTIAL Type of Units (single family or multi -family): Total Number of Units: Type of Utility Connection individual connections or central water meter & common sewer tap): Water Meter Size (3/411, 1" 2" ): etc. REMARKS: 2) NON-RESIDENTIAL Type of .Units (commercial, industrial, etc.): Total Number of Buildings: Number of Fixture Units each building): Type of Utility Connection individual connections or central water meter & common sewer tap): water Meter Size (3/4" 1", 211, etc.) 3 -2. s V4 REMARKS: CONNECTION FEE CALCULATION: Il P9r7 BEd _ /.?oc) Name - Si/g nature - Date. REVISED 1) water System Impact Fees Equivalent Residential Connection (ERC) - 300 Gallons Per Day (GPD) Residential - S650/Unit - Single family structure, or multi -family unitcontainingthree (3) bedrooms or more. S497.50/Unit; - Multi -family unit or Mobile home unit containinglessthanthree (3) bedrooms. (This category isbasedonjudgement/assumption, estimation thatsuchfamilyunitsonaveragerequire751 - 225 GPDofthewaterandsewerserviceofanaveragesinglefamilyunit.) Commercial - S650/ERU - Fixture unit schedule from Southern Plumbing Code - will be used. One ERU will be charged for connection and up to twenty (2) fixture units. For projects having more than twenty (20) fixture units the Impact Fee will be determined byincrementsof251basedonmultiplesoffive (5) fixture units above the twenty (20) fixture unitbaseforthefirstERU. (Example: twenty-five25) fixture units will.be rated as 1.25 eras twenty-six (26) fixture units will be rated as 1.5ERU.) 2) sewer System Impact Fees Equivalent Residential Connections . 270 Gallons Per Day (GPD) Residential - 1700 Unit - Single family structure, or multi -family unit containing three (3) bedrooms or more. 1275/Unit - Multi -family unit or Mobile Home unit containinglessthanthree (3) bedrooms. (This category isbasedonjudgement/assumption/estimation that such family units on average require 751 of water and sewer service of an average single family unit.) Commercial - Industrial - Institutional 1700/ERU - Fixture unit schedule from Southern Plumbing Codewillbeused. One ERU will be charged for connection and up to twenty (20) fixture units. For projects having more than twenty (20) fixture units the Impact Fee will be increments of 25% based on multiples of five (5) fixture units above the twenty (20) fixture unit base for the firstERU. (Example: twenty-five (25) fixture units will be rated as 1.25 ERU; twenty-six (26) fixture units will be rated as 1.5 ERU.) 3 7, i 2 Sec TABLE 709.1 DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS FOR FIXTURFs AMn r:antrne FIXTURETYPE Automatic DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE AS LOAD FACTORS MINIMUM SIZE OF TRAP (Inches) clotheswashers, commercial' 3 2 2 Automatic clothes washers, residential 2 Bathroom group consisting of water closet, lavatory, bidet and 6 bathtuborshowerBathtub ( with or without overhead shower or whirlpool 2 1 /2 11/ 4 attachments) Bidet 2 Combination sink and tray 2 Dental lavatory l /2 Dental unit or cuspidor 1 1 / 4 Dishwashing machine,e domestic 2 1 / 4 Drinking fountain 2 X = 1 1 / 2 1 / 4 EmergencyfloordrainUFloor drains 2 X 3* 1= 2 8 2 Kitchensink, domestic 2 Kitchen sink, domestic with food waste grinder and/or dishwasher 2 1 / 2 Laundry tray (1 or 2 compartments) 2 1 / 2 Lavatory 1 x3 = 3 1 / 2 1 / 4 Showercompartment, domestic 2 Sink 2' l _ 2 2 2 Urinal4Footnoted Urinal, 1 gallon per flush or less 2e Wash sink (circular or multiple) each set of faucets 2 Footnote d Water closet, flushometer tank, or 11/ 2 public private 4e Footnote d Water closet, private installation 4 Footnote d Watercloset, public installation 6 k3 = /$ Footnote d I:— Cr. 1 ..A - OC w For traps larger than 3 inches, use Table 709.2. b A showerhead over a bathtub or whirlpool bathtub attachments does not increase the drainage fixture unit value. e See Sections 7D9.2 through 709.4 for methods of computing unit value of fixtures not listed in Table 709.1 or for rating of deviceswith intermittent flows. ATrapsizeshallbeconsistentwiththefixtureoutletsize. e For the purpose of computing loads on building drains and sewers, water closets or urinals shall not be rated at a lower drainagefixture unit unless the lower values areconfirmedbytesting. TABLE 709.2 DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS FOR FIXTURE DRAINS OR TRAPS FIXTURE DRAIN OR TRAP SIZE inches) DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE IT/ 4 I 11/ 2 2 2 3 21/ 2 4 3 5 4 7R'= W 6 >r I a G. Standard Plumbing Code1019S U. S. Leader Construction Corp. 9439 Forest City Rd. Altamonte Springs, FL 32714 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Date: Tuesday, July 11, 2000 To: Building Department Company: City of Sanford Phone: 407 330-5656 From: Keith Carson Re: Goodyear 4151 W. I" Street Items Enclosed: 1. 2 copies Structural Calculations for above referenced project Comments: Please contact me if you need any additional information. T ank K 'th Carson TFBOC, Inc. Structural Engineering Project Management July 6, 2000 Proj. No. 2000-117 Interplan Practices, Inc 933 Lee Road, Suite 120 Orlando, FL 32810 8210 C.R. 48, Suite 201 Yalaha, FL 34797 Phone (352) 324-2257 Fax (352) 324-2262 E-mail: TFBOCng,AOL.COM Attention: Mr. Truman Gee, Project Architect Subject: Goodyear Tire Store, Sanford, FL Dear Mr. Gee: Enclosed are the structural calculations prepared by myself for the above project. To the best of my knowledge, the structure has been designed in accordance with the Standard Bu ding;Code.of199.7_for a;10,0 mph,,wiud,! The truss connections to the structure are designed to withstand the uplift forces of that wind. Truss shop drawings signed and sealed by a Specialty Structural Engineer, registered in the State ofFlorida, showing a design in accordance with the stated code, are required by the Construction Documents. They will be reviewed by myself, as the Engineer of Record, for general conformance to the Construction Documents. Final approved copies will be submitted to the Building Department by the Contractor for their. records. + If you haveany quggiqns, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, osep B. Worcester PE.;" Presi ent OFFICE Copy MOOCO/ace Project r4=10 Structural Engineering No. Date Project Management t N P tT I I _ 7 JL- va.. - - - Link 33061 I TFBOC, Inc. structural Engineering Project Management Project( No. Date It fu P, ti l i i r_ l I Ti t 4__ I--- r I, _- I V i i. i i sue' I I U. l y. Da_ 1 1 Imo__ I I I.* iIIKI I j /n i Project &t= Strudural Engineering No.' Date Project Management 4j i i I I I i Cat ht I o- I, r 4 /Ki _.. i....- _.. i.. 1? lit 000, 0 RVIO I I T f I - I I I I I -- - -- - -- - - -- r -- - t l , t Unk3061 - 64-0 OL Joe Wilt YA 000 TFBOC, Inc. STRUCTIlURAL ENGINEERING 8 PRO,IECt MANAGEMENT JOSEPH B. WORCESTER P.E. CMU WALL DESIGN FOR COMBINED AXIAL COMPRESSION AND FLEXURE PROJ. GOODYEAR TIRES DATE WALL WEIGHT = 60 PSF W = 640 ROOF LOAD = 822 PSF e = 2.5 INCHES WIND PRESSURE = 0 PSF R = 0 THICK T= 8 INCHES R = 3.2 3.2 HEIGHT H = 14 FT S = 8V INA3 fm = 1500 PSI 375 0.375 0.140625 Fa = 322.2650 PARAPET = 0 FT AT MIDSPAN, THE MAXIMUM MOMENT IS: M = WLAM + Pe/2 NO WALL WEIGHT SINCE e = 0 FOR WALL) 0 1027.5 = 1027.5IN-LBS THE BENDING STRESS IS: fb = M/S = 12.68519 PSI MAXIMUM AXIAL STRESS fa = PIA P = 1662 LBS A = 30 INCHES SQ. 55.4 PSI SINCE FLEX STRESS = 12.88519 IS LESS THAN REINFORCING IS NOT REQUIRED FLEXURAL COMPRESSIVE STRESS 1b = 2"kd^2 b = 12 INCHES 0.904 k = 0.287 d = 8 12 = 3.6125 45.41090 PSI COMBINED AXIAL COMPRESSION AND FLEXURE ALLOW. FLEX COMPRESSIVE STRESS Fb = 1.33fm/3 = 686.5 PSI to + fb MUST BE LESS THAN Fb = 100.8109 PSI ok DETERMINE REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED: 0.31 24 STEEL As = MIf \W = 0.009319 INCH/Ff #6 Q 24 = 0.155 INCHIFT OK 55.4 Structural Engineering Project Management No. Date P LI( or l l I tv i rI [I Yega - - ^ •--— i -- T r+ Tl 4__y I i j t 1 I I- -- j i I jit I I Uak Mob] TFSOC, Inc. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 8 PROJECT MANAGEMENT JOSEPH B. WORCESTER P.E. CMU WALL DESIGN FOR COMBINED AXIAL COMPRESSION AND FLEXURE PROD. GOODYEAR TIRES DATE WALL WEIGHT = 60 PSF W = 40 ROOF LOAD = 398 PSF e = 2.5 INCHES WIND PRESSURE = 16.7 PSF R = 4.8283 THICK T= B INCHES R = 3.2 3.2 HEIGHT H = 14 FT S = 81 IN^3 tm = 1500 PSI 375 0.375 0.140625 Fa = 322.2656 PARAPET = 0 FT AT MIDSPAN, THE MAXIMUM MOMENT IS: M = WL"2/8 + Pe/2 NO WALL WEIGHT SINCE e = 0 FOR WALL) 4909.8 497.5 5407.31N-LBS THE BENDING STRESS IS: fb = MIS = 88.75079 PSI MAXIMUM AXIAL. STRESS 1a = P/A P = 1238 LBS A = 30 INCHES SO, 41.286867 PSI SINCE FLEX STRESS = 66,75579 IS GREATER THAN 41.26667 REINFORCING IS REQUIREDI FLEXURAL COMPRESSIVE STRESS lb = 2"kd^2 b = 12 INCHES j = 0.904. k = 0.287 d = 8 /2= 3.6125 238.97869 PSI COMBINED AXIAL COMPRESSION AND FLEXURE ALLOW. FLEX COMPRESSIVE STRESS Fb =1.33Ymr3 = 666.5 PSI to + lb MUST BE LESS THAN Fb = 280.2454 PSI ok DETERMINE REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED: 0.31 48 STEEL As = MNsy1D = 0.049041 INCH/FT 05 Q 24 = 0.0775 INCH/FT OK SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave. / P.O. Box 1788 Sanford, FL 32771 407) 302-1022 (407) 330-5677 FAX Pager 407-444-3180 Plans Review Sheet Date: 7/20/00 Business Address: 4151 W. Is'St. Occ. Ch. 28 Business Name: Goodyear / Norview Corp. Ph. (407) 629-4224 Contractor: US Leader Construction Ph. (407) 445-7235 Ext. 1410 Reviewed [ ] Reviewed with comment [ X ] Rejected [ ] Reviewed by: H. A. "Pete" Tucker, Fire Protection Inspector Comment: Unclear on plans as to square footage and use of equipment platform. Emergency lighting and exit lighting must be provided for mezzanine / equipment platform area. Plans indicate that facility is to be sprinklered. Contractor states that facility is not sprinklered. As per LSC, NFPA, and Sanford City Code, Chapter 9, facility is considered high hazard, due to large storage of tires. Facility will need to be sprinklered. If a separate certified contractor is used to install underground fire line for sprinkler system, must submit plans for separate permits and inspections. Certified contractor for alarm system must submit plans for separate permits and inspections. If cost of scope of work is over $5,000, plans must be engineer sealed. Letter from Engineer of Record must be submitted that sprinkler system meets design criteria. 1.1 Application — New Building, Type VI, 6864 s.f. 1.2 Mixed — N/A 1.3 Special Definitions — N/A 1.4 Classification of Occupancy — Industrial 1.5 Classification of Hazard of Contents — High 1.6 Minimum Construction — N/A 2.2 Means of Egress Components — O.K. 2.3 Capacity of Egress — O.K. 2.4 Number of Exits — O.K. 2.5 Arrangement of Egress — O.K. 2.6 Travel Distance — O.K. 2.7 Discharge from Exits — O.K. 2.8 Illumination of Means of Egress — O.K.; will field verify, see comments 2.9 Emergency Lighting — O.K.; will field verify, see comments 2.10 Marking of Means of Egress — O.K., will field verify 2.11 Special Features — N/A 3.1 Protection of Vertical Openings — as per LSC 28-3.1 3.2 Protection from Hazards — as per LSC 28-3.2 3.3 Interior Finish — Class `B" 3.4 Detection, Alarm and Communications Systems — as per NFPA 72 3.5 Extinguishing Requirements — as per NFPA 10 3.6 Corridors — as per LSC 28-3.6 4 Special Provisions 5 Building Services 5.1 Utilities — as per LSC 28-5.1 5.2 HVAC — as per LSC 28-5.2 5.3 Elevators, Escalators, Conveyors (4A-47) 5.4 Rubbish Chutes, Incinerators, and Laundry Chutes Sanford City Code — Chapter 9 Fire Sprinklers: Required; also see 3.5 above Monitoring: Required by a U.L. listed Central Station for all mandated fire sprinklered properties Other: NFPA 1 3-5.1 Fire Lanes — Required if building is more than 150' from street; exception: building has fire sprinkler system. 3-6.1 Key Box — Required; will field verify, application enclosed 3-7.1 Bldg. Address Number Posted and Legible — Required; will field verify, at least 3" numbers of a contrasting color from background APPROVED AS NOTE. CITY OF SANFORD PLANS REVIEW COMMENT SHEET DATE '7 -Zo - olo©o i PROJECT: aoeyd ? Cig a J- 4se,•olc ADDRESS: 41 is 1 tl . 0 -, CONTRACTOR: l),S- OWNER: GC* t;P d q e4.., PLANS REVIEWED BY: T3,.S & -v COMMENTS: DooY` ' Wlue o J la)tuei,oae< <`c-r`._Icu't.e.. OlS S.TQ O f oy r I . PERSON NOTIFIED: DATE: PHONE: NO ONE NOTIFIED: DATE RESPONSE RECEIVED: FAX: Whole Building Performance Method for Commercial Buildings ENERGY EFFICIENCY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Florida Department of Community Affairs FLA/COM-97 Version 2.2 PROJECT NAME_GOODYEAR SERVICE CENTER. - ADDRESS: _4151 W. 1ST. STREET SANFORD, FLORIDA OWNER: AGENT: BUILDING TYPE: _Service Establishments CONSTRUCTION CONDITION: New construction DESIGN COMPLETION: _Finished Building CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA: _1120 MAX. TONNAGE OF EQUIPMENT PER SYSTEM: COMPLIANCE CALCULATION: Form 40OA-97 PERMITTING OFFICE: Sanford CLIMATE ZONE: _5 PERMIT NO: _ JURISDICTION NO:_691500 5 NUMBER OF ZONES: 1 METHOD A DESIGN CRITERIA RESULT A. WHOLE BUILDING 76.46 100.00 PASSES PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS: LIGHTING EXTERIOR LIGHTING 50.00 90.00 PASSES LIGHTING CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PASSES HVAC EQUIPMENT COOLING EQUIPMENT 1. SEER 10.00 10.00 PASSES HEATING EQUIPMENT 1. Et 0.90 N/A AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INSULATION REQUIREMENTS 1. With Insulated Roof 6.00 6.00 PASSES REHEAT SYSTEM TYPES USED NO REHEAT SYSTEM is USED WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT 1. EF 0.91 0.90 PASSES PIPING INSULATION REQUIREMENTS 1. Circulating 1.00 1.00 PASSES COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION: I hereby certify that he plans and specifications cover ..by this calcu- lation are in com _nce: he Florida Energy c PREPARED BY* DATE: PPF I hereby certify ;tha is'building is in compliance with the Florida Energy Efficiency Code.- OWNER/AGENT: Review of the plans and specifica- tions covered by this calculation indicates compliance with the Florida Energy Efficiency Code. Before construction is completed, this building will be inspected for compliance in oac rdance with, Section 553.908, 'da Statutes. BUILDING OFFICIAL: 848DATE: %" Zd l DATE I hereby certify(*) that. the system -design is In with the Florida Energy Eff iciencypCode.3,q,. .,;•.e• y--- SYSTEN•DSSIGNER REGISTRATION/STATE ' ARCHITECT Harvsy.,Jacoby SAL 6016`T',,, `. "` - ':`»`• MECHANICAL: Francois Trahan . 1-FL-0019197 PLUMBING : Francois Trahan FL 0019197 - _ ELECTRICAL: Francois Trahan FL 0019197 LIGHTING : Francois Trahan FL 0019197 Signature is required where Florida law requires design to be performed by registered design professionals. Typed names and registration numbers may be used where all relevant information is contained on signed/sealed plans. J T9Ra't;'.--'•t^-. .. Y'.: W ,Trc'LY3'y3'+!i,!s f•.:R :+•:'iJY . .!•-t: .. .. BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS COMPLIANCE CHECK 401.------GLAZING--ZONE 1------------------------- ------------------=----v- Elevation Type U SC VLT Shading Area(Sgft). South Residential 1.23 .9 .9 None 108 West Residential 1.16 .9 .9 -None Total Glass Area in.Zone .1 = 171 Total Glass Area = 171 402.------WALLS--ZONE 1------------------------------------------------ --- Elevation Type U Insul R Gross(Sgft) South 8" FILLED BLOCK .2 5 510 West 8" FILLED BLOCK .2 5 200 Total Wall Area in Zone 1 = 710 Total Gross Wall Area = 710 403.------DOORS--ZONE 1------------------------------------------------ --- Elevation Type U Area(Sgft) South GLASS DOOR 1.31 27 Total Door Area in Zone 1 = 27 Total Door Area = 27 404.------ROOFS--ZONE 1------------------------------------------------ --- Type Color U Insul R Area(Sgft) Shngl/1/2"WD Deck/WD Truss/9" B Dark 0.027 30 1275 Total Roof Area in Zone 1 = 1275 Total Roof Area = 1275 405.------FLOORS-ZONE 1------------------------------------------------ --- Type Insul R Area(Sgft) Slab on Grade/Uninsulated 0 1224 Total Floor Area in Zone 1 = 1224 Total Floor Area = 1224 406.------INFILTRATION -------------------------------------------------- --- ICHECKInfiltrationCriteriain406.1.ABCD have been met. k", MECHANICAL SYSTEMS CHECK I---------------- --- HVAC load sizing has been performed. (407.1.ABCD) v 407.------COOLING SYSTEMS----------------------------------------------- --- Type No Efficiency IPLV Tons 1. Split System 1 10 0 5.00 408.------HEATING SYSTEMS----------------------------------------------- --- Type No Efficiency BTU/hr 1. Electric Resistance 1 .9 25600 409.------VENTILATION --------------------------------------------------- --- CHECK Ventilation Criteria in 409.1.ABCD have been met. &--I- 10.-----AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM---------------------------------------- --- CHECK I-- Duct sizing and design have been performed. (410.1.ABCD) AHU Type Duct Location R-value 1. Air Conditioners With Insulated Roof 6.0 CHECK I - Testing and-Wancing will be perf9rmed..(410.1.ABCD)- , 411.-----PUMPS AND PIPING -ZONE ----------------------------------------- --- Basic prescriptive requirements in•411.1;ABCD,have-been met.I vo, PLUMBING SYSTEMS 411.-----PUMPS AND PIPING -ZONE 1--------------------------------------- --- Type R-value/in Diameter Thickness 1. Circulating 4 1 1 412.-----WATER HEATING SYSTEMS -ZONE 1---------------------------------- Type Efficiency StandbyLoss InputRate Gallons 1. <=12 kW 91 0 4.5 20 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CHECK 413.-----ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION---------------------------- ----- --- Metering criteria in 413.1.ABCD have been met. 414.-----MOTORS ---- ---- ------------------------------------------- ----- --- Motor efficiencies in 414.1.ABCD have been met. 415.-----LIGHTING SYSTEMS -ZONE 1--------------------------------------- --- Space Type No Control Type 1 No Control Type 2 No Watts Area(Sgft) Type F(Ser 1 On/Off 2 None 0 2500 1127 Total Watts for Zone 1 = 2500 Total Area for Zone 1 = 1127 Total Watts = 2500 Total Area = 1127 CH 7Lightingcriteriain415.1.ABCD have been met. f --- 16. Operation/maintenance manual will be provided to owner.(102.1) v OFFICE COPY GOOD YEAR GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR GOODYEAR AUTO SERVICE CENTER November, 1999 THE GOODYEAR TIRE AND RUBBER COMPANY 1144 EAST MARKET STREET AKRON, OHIO 44316- 0001 443'1 4s '? y 401; D N7067T36OFFICE N, ADDENDUM TO: GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR GOODYEAR AUTO SERVICE CENTER Dated November 1999) FOR: GOODYEAR SERVICE CENTER S.R. 46 & UPSALA (S.R. 15) SANFORD, FLORIDA Interplan Practice, Ltd. July 5, 2000 The following sections shall be modified to read as indicated. SECTION 03300 -- CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.3 - QUALITY ASSURANCE C. TESTING, INSPECTION AND REPORTS (Owner Furnished) The owner shall employ an independent testing laboratory to perform the following inspection items: PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.7 - CONCRETE MIX A. All concrete shall develop a 3-day compressive strength of at least 1800 psi, and a 28-day compressive strength of at least 3000 psi. 3, t SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY , + . J PART 1 — GENERAL 1.3 - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS B. Omit. j GOODYEAR SPEC ADDENDUM July 5, 2000 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.2 - (BRICK) Omit. SECTION 07210 - INSULATION PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 - MATERIALS Page 2 A. Insulation shall be faced Owens/Corning lay -in fiberglass batt or roll insulation or equal. Insulation having an R-Value of 30 shall be used for ceilings/floor assemblies. Insulation having an R-Value of 13 shall be used at partitions. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.2 - INSTALLATION F. Insulation of a similar type, and meeting or exceeding R-Values specified, shall be installed in partitions for Sales room or other heated and air conditioned areas. SECTION 07311 - ASPHALT SHINGLES 23--•MATERIALS O'A bownspout: Corrugated rectangular 2-2/3" x 4-1/4" aluminum White. Downspout shall teiminated at splash blocks for positive surface drainage into storm sewer or other approved drainage system. t 1^. PART •3' - EXECUTION 3 3;- INSTALLATION" - - C. Omit. F:\Goodvear\2000.0349\Addendum0l.d Vx r f GOODYEAR SPEC ADDENDUM July 5, 2000 SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE Page 3 PART 4 — HARDWARE 4.1 - GENERAL J. Set #9 - Master -keyed padlock: Corbin Russwin PD5000 M44 ( with 9" chain). One lock for each overhead door. SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.2 - INSTALLATIONS E. Where required by code, gypsum board walls in men's, women's and employees' rest rooms shall be covered with .090" paneling similar to "FRP" panel as manufactured by Marlite, applied with adhesive per manufacturers recommendations. Color to match paint color. SECTION 10000 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTY ITEMS PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 - MATERIALS A. Omit all references to toilet partitions SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 - MATERIALS F:\Goodyear\2000.0349\AddendumOI doc GOODYEAR SPEC ADDENDUM July 5, 2000 F. Omit all references to gas piping. SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.3 - UNIT AND INFRARED HEATERS A. Omit. B. Omit. C. Omit. D. Omit. END OF ADDENDUM FAGoodyear\2000.0349V1ddendum01. doc Page 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pages DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 thru 7 Section 01000 - General Conditions.................................................................................... DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK thru 1 Section02110 - Site Clearing............................................................................................................. 1 1 thru 3 Section 02200 - Earthwork thru 2 Section 02282 - Termite Control......................................................................................................... 1 thru 4 Section 02511 - Asphaltic Concrete Pavement.....................................................1 thru 7 Section 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving ....................................................... 1 thru 2 Section 02900 - Landscaping.................................................................................. 1 thru 4 Section 02910 - Irrigation System...............................................................:.:................................... 1 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 1 thru 12 Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete.............................................................................. DIVISION 4 - MASONRY thru 6 Section 04200 Unit Mason................................. 1 DIVISION 5 - METALS thru 4 Section 05000 Structural & Miscellaneous Steel .............................1 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS thru 2 Section 06101 - Rough &. Finish Carpentry ........................................................................................ 1 1 thru 5Section06192 - Metal -Plate -Connected Wood Trusses .................................................................... DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION thru 2 Section07210 - Insulation.................................................................................................................. 1 thru 4 Section 07241 - Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems....................................................................1 thru 5 Section 07311 -Asphalt Singles............................................... 1 thru 3 Section 07910 -Sealants and Fire Stopping.......................................................................... 1 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS thru 3 Section 08100 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.............................................................................. 1 thru 3 Section 08362 - Sectional Overhead Doors ................. ...................................................................... 1 Storefront Systems 1 thru 3 Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and ......................................................... 1 thru 3 Section 08710 - Finish Hardware thru 2 Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing.................................................................................................... 1 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES thru 2 Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard 1 thru 4 Section 09310 - Ceramic Floor Tile.................................................................................................... 1 thru 2 Section 09510 - Acoustical Panel Ceiling........................................................................................... 1 thru 3 Section 09900 - Painting....................................................................................................... 1 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 1 thru 3 Section 10000 - Miscellaneous Specialty Items TABLE OF CONTENTS 97067 1 of 2 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT Section 11140 - Automobile Equipment.............................................................................................1 thru 2 Section 11141 - Service Fluid Dispensing Systems...........................................................................1 thru 3 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Section 12000 - Furniture (Lessee - Supplied)...................................................................................1 thru 1 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Section 13200 - Liquid Storage Tanks...............................................................................................1 thru 1 DIVISION 14 -CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14600 - Automotive Hoists....................................................................................................1 thru 3 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15400 - Plumbing..........................................................1 thru 4 Section 15500 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning...:.............................................................1 thru 3 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section16000 - Electrical Work.........................................................................................................1 thru 6 N7067T37 TABLE OF CONTENTS 97067 2 of 2 SECTION 01000 - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE CONTRACT A. The contract documents form the contract for construction. This contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The contract may be amended or modified only by (1) a written amendment to the contract signed by all parties bound by the contract or (2) a change order. 1.02 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The contract documents consist of the owner -contractor agreement, the conditions of the contract (general, supplemental, and other conditions), the drawings, the specifications and all addenda issued prior to the execution of the contract. B. The intent of the contract documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as defined in paragraph 1.04. The contract documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. C. The contractor shall carefully study and compare the contract documents and shall at once report to the Lessee or its Representative, as defined in paragraph 1.03, any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. D. If a discrepancy between the plans and specifications exists, it will be assumed that thecontractorsbidreflectsthemoreexpensivemethodofperformingthework, unless the contractor shall have asked for and received, in writing, a decision to the contrary from the Lessee or its Representative. E. By executing the contract, the contractor represents that he has visited the site, familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed and correlated his observations with the requirements of the contract documents. 1.03 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. In the administration of the contract, The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, of 1144 East Market Street, Akron, Ohio 44316-0001 (herein called, "Goodyear' or "Lessee"), as the future tenant of the facilities to be constructed, will be represented by and act through a designated representative of its Real Estate Department. All communications, inquiries, requests, (including requests for clarification of plans and specifications), reports, shop drawings, samples, guarantees, etc., shall be directed to Lessee or its Representative at the above address. Any reference in these documents and drawings to "The Architect" can be understood to refer to the Goodyear Authorized Representative designated by the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co., as noted above. GENERAL CONDITIONS 97067 01000 - 1 1.04 THE WORK A. The "work" comprises .he completed construction required by the contract documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction. 1.5 LESSOR OR OWNER A. The word "Lessor" or "Owner", as used in these specifications shall mean the person(s), fiduciary, partnership, or corporation with whom The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company has entered into a lease agreement covering the property on which the construction work is to be performed. 1.06 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and specifications are the sole property of The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company and of HWH Architects Engineers Planners Inc. These documents are for useontheprojectforwhichtheyareissued. Reproduction, duplication and/or distribution of these documents, wholly or in part, is otherwise prohibited. With the exception of one contract set for each party to the contract, these documents are to be returned or suitably accounted for to Goodyear or HWH at the completion of the work. 1.07 ACCESS TO THE WORK A. Goodyear's authorized representative(s) shall, at all times, have access to the construction site during the execution of the contract. The contractor shall provide facilities such as ladders, scaffolds, etc., to facilitate access, if requested. 1.08 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. The general contractor shall supervise and direct the work using his best skill andattention. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the work under the contract. B. The general contractor shall be responsible to the ownerfor the acts and omissions of his employees, subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the general contractor. C. Immediately upon commencement of construction, the general contractor shall notify Goodyear, Department 100C (330-796-6226) of the desired date of delivery for all Goodyear supplied equipment, location of the delivery and the name and telephone number of a contact person for confirmation by the shipper. 1.09 LABOR AND MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work, whether temporary or permanent and incorporated or not incorporated in the work. GENERAL CONDITIONS 97067 01000 - 2 1.10 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES A. Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and for all other permits and governmental fees. licenses, andinspectionsnecessaryfortheproperexecutionandcompletionoftheworkandwhichare legally required at the time the bids are received. B. The contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the perormance of the work. C. If the contractor observes that any of the contract documents are at variance with any applicable federal, state and local laws, statutes, building codes, or regulations, he shall promptly notify Goodyear and the owner, in writing, and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate modification. D. If the contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and without such notice to Goodyear, he shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all cost attributable thereto. E. All utilities for this facility shall be metered independently fromany adjoining facilities. All permanent utility connections shall be made and meters in place before final acceptance of building. 1.11 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. The contractor shall prepare and submit within two weeks of the start of construction date a progress schedule for the work to all parties bound by the contract for review. The schedule form shall be as agreed upon by all parties bound by the lease. 1.12 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The contractor shall maintain shop drawings, etc., for an as -built record. These, combined with specifications, addenda, field testing and inspection reports, shall be kept. The contractor shall bind each into a binder, including items mentioned in 1.23. Each contractor's telephone number and address must be included. This binder is to be given to the store owner upon acceptance. 1.13 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The contractor shall review, approve and submit to Goodyear or its Representative with reasonable promptness, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work, all shop drawings, product data and samples which are deviations from the manufacturers specified or indicated in the contract documents. Items which do not differ from those specified in the contract need not be submitted or reviewed. GENERAL CONDITIONS 97067 01000 - 3 B. By approving and submitting shop drawings, product data and samples, the contractorrepresentsthathehasdeterminedandverifiedallmaterials. field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with requirements of the work and of the contract documents. C. No portion of the work requiring submission of a shop drawing, product data or sampleshallbecommenceduntilthesubmittalhasbeenapprovedbytheLesseeoritsauthorized Representative. 1.14 USE OF SITE A. The contractor shall confine his operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the contract documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment. 1.15 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK A. The contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting, or patching that may be required to complete the work or to make its several parts fit together properly. All cutting and patching shall be done by experienced craftsmen normally installing the material to be cut and patched. B. The contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the work or the work of the owner or any separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such work, except with the written consent of the owner and of such separate contractor. 1.16 DAMAGE TO WORK OF OTHERS A. Each subcontractor will be held accountable for any damages that his employees cause to the work of others. Repair or replacement of such damage shall be done by the subcontractor who originally installed the work but shall be paid for by the subcontractor who is responsible for the damage. 1.17 CLEANING UP A. The contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations. At the completion of the work, he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the project as well as all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material;. Cleanup after completion of job shall be complete including but not limited to floors, doors, windows, and any debrisonsite, interior or exterior. The contractor shall make the building ready for business. 1.18 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND A. The owner shall have the right to require the contractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Cost of such bonds, if required, shall be paid by the owner. GENERAL CONDITIONS 97067 01000 - 4 1.19 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES A. No action or failure to act by the owner or the contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded either pary under the contract, nor shall any such action or failure toactcons-,itute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as ,ray b,e specifically agreed in writing by all paries bound by the contract. 1.20 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. The contractor shall be responsibie for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connecticn with the work. B. The contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to the following: All employees on the work and all other persons who may be affected thereby. All the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the contractor or any of his subcontractors or sub -subcontractors. Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees. shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements. roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. C. The contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances. rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. D. The contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. E. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the work, the general contractor will be fully responsible for its care and activities involving its use. F. The contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. G. The contractor shall not load or permit any part of the work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. H. In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the contractor shall act, at his discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. I. The contractor shall comply in all respects with all applicable provisions of Public Act 596. The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970), as amended to date, and the rules, regulations and standards promulgated thereunder then in effect. GENERAL CONDITIONS 97067 01000 - 5 1.21 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Goodyear or its Representative (with the owner's approval) may, without invalidating the contract, order changes in the work within the general scope of the contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the contract sum and the contract time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the work shall be authorized by a Change Order originated by Goodyear or its Representative and approved in writing by the owner. All such changes shall be performed under the applicable provisions of the contract documents. B. No deviations shall be made from the drawings or specifications, by any party, without the written consent of Goodyear or its Representative and the owner. C. If the contractor claims that any instruction, by drawing or otherwise, involves extra cost. he shall give the owner and Goodyear or its Representative written notice thereof before proceeding with such work. In no event shall he proceed to execute the extra work without written authorization from the owner and Goodyear or its Representative. D. References made in the drawings and specifications to materials or systems by name, make or catalog number are intended to establish standards of quality and performance. Such references shall not preclude the use of other materials or systems of equal quality and performance provided that the contractor has received prior approval in writing from Goodyear or its Representative. E. When and wherever the words "or equal', "approved substitute", etc., are used throughout the drawings and specifications, it shall be understood that any decision relating to equality of materials or systems shall be made by Goodyear or its Representative. F. Substitutions of materials or systems that the contractor may wish to propose shall be submitted along with the contractor's bid, using the Substitution Sheet that is included with the bidding documents for that purpose. 1.22 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Sanitary facilities shall be furnished as required by law. B. The contractor shall provide temporary heating units as necessary to protect the building construction and facilitate the performance of the work in cold weather. C. The contractor shall pay for all electric, water and heating fuel consumed during the construction period and until the building has been accepted by Goodyear. D. The contractor shall have available all necessary items for first aid treatment to injured employees. Items shall be provided on -site at all times and shall be ready for immediate use. GENERAL CONDITIONS 97067 01000 - 6 1.23 GUARANTEES, WARRANTIES AND MANUALS A. The general contractor shall be fully responsible for any defectve material or workmanship incorporated in the work and shall repair or replace, at no expense to the owner, any parts of the work or equipment which may prove defective or deficient in performance within the period of one year following completion and acceptance of the work. However, this guarantee shall not be held to cover any part of the work which may become damaged or fail as the result of unusually severe usage, misuse, or improper operation of any equipment by tenant or owner. Written copies of the above guarantee, bearing the general contractor's signature, shall be presented to both the owner and Goodyear prior to final acceptance of the building. All other guarantees and certificates, manuals, etc., shall be bound in accordance with paragraph 1.12. 1.24 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK A. If any portion of the work is covered contrary to the request of Goodyear or its Representative or to requirements specifically expressed in the contract documents, it must, if requested in writing by Goodyear, be uncovered for inspection and shall be replaced at the contractors expense. B. Any other work, already covered, shall be uncovered for inspection if, for any reason, Goodyear or its Representative should request such an inspection. If such work, when uncovered. is found to be in accordance with the contract documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement of the work shall be paid by Goodyear. If the work, when uncovered, is found not to be in accordance with the contract documents, it shall be immediately corrected; and all costs in connection with the uncovering, correction and replacement of the work shall be paid by the general contractor. END OF SECTION 01000 N7067T03 GENERAL CONDITIONS 97067 01000 - 7 SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materials. equipment, and services required for the completion of all site demolition and clearing, and other related work designated on the drawings or hereinafter specified. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Site -clearing operations are to be conducted to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. B. Protect existing trees, vegetation, fences, gates, equipment, utilities, site furnishings and or relate equipment located on adjacent private and public properties from damage caused by contract work. Contractor is responsible for mparations of damaged material to the satisfaction of the Owner of the material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING A. The site shall be cleared of all trees, vegetation, stumps, rocks, rubbish and other obstructions within the property lines, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. B. Adjoining public property between property lines and streets, such as lawns, divider strips, etc., shall also be cleared, as above, unless shown otherwise on the drawings or prohibited by local codes, ordinances or other laws. C. Top soil shall be removed from the site and stored for re -use, if required, or disposed of by the contractor. END OF SECTION 02110 N7067T04 SITE CLEARING 97067 02110-1 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE Or WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services to furnish and install all excavation, backfilling, rough and finish grading and other work designated on the drawings or hereinafter specified. B. Work by Others - Excavating, trenching and backfilling required in connection with the plumbing. heating, air conditioning or electrical trades is excluded from this section. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for these requirements. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Goodyear's Authorized Representative and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Materials to be used for backfilling shall be free of any foreign material such as plaster, bricks, cinders or glass, rocks larger than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deletenous matter. B. Grading material shall be free of foreign matter, debris or rocks larger than 2" for rough grading or 1" for finish grading. C. Subbase and base material shall be a naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed aravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand with 95% passing a 1-1/2" sieve and not more than 8% passing a No. 200 sieve. EARTHWORK 97057 02200 - 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities. sidewalks. pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. B. Protect soils against freezing temperatures, frost, erosion, and ponding. 3.2 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavations for wall and column footings shall be accurately cut to the design dimensions with allowances made for placing and removing concrete formwork, installing services and other construction and for inspections. B. Bottom of footings shall be at the elevation shown on the drawings. Any over excavation below the required footing depth shall be filled to the required elevations with concrete. C. The bottoms of all footings shall bear on undisturbed virgin soil. if unstable soil is encountered at the bearing level, the contractor shall contact Goodyear or its Representative for instructions before proceeding. 3.3 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations and grades. 3.4 FILLING AND BACKFILLING A. Fill material shall be placed in 6" to 8" layers. Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted at the optimum moisture content required to obtain at least 95% of the maximum density per ASTM D-698 (latest). Fill classification shall be GW-GM: well graded gravel with silt per ASTM D-2487 (latest). B. Any old wells shall be capped and all cisterns or other voids shall be filled with fill materialequalinqualitytothebestsubgradematerialonthesiteandthoroughlycompacted. C. All undercround piping and utility trenches shall be backfilled and thoroughly compacted. 3.5 GRADING A. Areas that are to be paved shall be graded to the elevations shown on the drawings with proper allowances made for the thickness of stone base and paving materials. Soft spotsshallbedugouttothedepthrequiredtoprovideafirmfoundationandshallbereplacedwithfillmaterialequalinqualitytothebestsubgradematerialonthesiteandthoroughly compacted. EARTHWORK 97067 02200 - 2 B. Areas shown on the drawings to be landscaped shall be graded 12" below the finished grades and filled to the specified finish grade with top soil. Areas designated as grass or lawn areas shall be covered with a minimum of 4" topsoil. 3.6 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A. Place subbase course material on prepared subgrades, place base course material over subbases to pavements. B. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections and thickness to not less than 95% of ASTM D 4254 relative density. C. Thickness of subbase and base course shall be 8" after compaction unless otherwise noted on drawings. 3.7 Specific Site Requirements A. Refer to the drawings for any special excavation, compaction, filling or other site preparation work not covered by these specifications. END OF SECTION 02200 N7067T05 EARTHWORK 97067 02200 - 3 SECTION 02282 - TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services to furnish and install initial soil treatment for the preventive control of subterranean termites. Such work shall be completed prior to gravel fill or placement of vapor barrier. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use only termiticides that bear the federal registration of the EPA and are approved by local authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for material handling and application. Adequate precaution must be taken to prevent disturbance of the treatment and human or animal contact with the treated soil, particularly in situations where the treated soil is left uncovered for a period of time. B. Treatment shall be certified by a licensed termite control contractor andthe certificate shall be sent to the owner. 1.4 APPLICATION A. Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. Treatment shall not be made when the soil is excessively wet, frozen or during or immediately after inclement weather. Comply with the handling and application instructions of the soil toxicant manufacturer. 1.5 WARRANTY A. The contractor shall furnish to the owner a written warranty for a period of five (5) years certifying that applied soil termiticide treatment is as specified and will prevent the infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity is discovered during the warranty period, the contractor will re -treat the soil and repair or replace damage caused by the termite infestation without additional cost to the owner. TERMITE CONTROL 97067 02282- 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL TREATMENT SOLUTION A. The soil treatment solution shall consist of an emulsible. concentrated termiticide that dilutes with water, formulated to prevent termite infestation. Subject to compliance with local requirements, provide a solution consisting with one of the following chemical elements: 1. Chloropydfos 2. Permathrin 3, Cypermethrine 4. Fenvalerate 5. Isofenphose. B. Dilute with water to the concentration level recommended by the manufacturer. Fuel oil will not be permitted as a diluent. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. The applicator may recommend other solutions which satisfy the intention of this section and have been approved by local authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Prepare surface by removing foreign matter that could decrease treatment effectiveness. Loosen, rake and level soil, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. 3.2 APPLICATION RATES A. Slab -on -Grade Critical Areas: Apply 4 gallons of chemical solution per 10 linear feet to soil in critical areas under slab including entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab and around interior column footers. B. Slab -On -Grave Overall: Apply 1 gallon of chemical solution per 10 sq.ft. as an overall treatment under slab and attached slab areas where fill is soil or unwashed gravel. Apply 1-1/2 gallons of chemical solution to areas where fill is washed gravel or other coarse absorbent material. C. Foundation Walls: Apply 4 gallons of chemical solution per 10 linear feet of trench for each foot of depth from grade to footing, along outside edge of building. Dig a trench 6 to 8 inches wide along outside of foundation to a depth of not less than 12 inches. Punch holes to top of footing at not more than 12 inches o.c. and apply chemical solution. Mix chemical solution with the soil as it is being replaced in the trench. END OF SECTION 02282 N7067T06 TERMITE CONTROL 97067 02282- 2 SECTION 02511- ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, equipment, materials and services to furnish and install all asphaltic concrete paving, including stone base course, related items such as sealing of pavement, concrete wheel stops and parking line painting. B. Refer to Section 02200 for Aggregate Base requirement. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not apply asphalt base course if substrate is wet or excessively damp or if the minimum surface temperature is less than 40OF at the time of placement. B. Do not apply asphalt surface course if substrate is wet or excessively damp or if the minimum surface temperature is less than 60°F at the time of placement. C. Proceed with pavement marking only on clean, dry surfaces and at a minimum ambient or surface temperature of 40°F for oil -based materials. D. Contractor shall install barriers as necessary to protect finish until the surface is ready to support traffic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. References: The asphaltic concrete materials as specified in this Section are referenced to the State of Ohio Department of Transportation (ODOT) - Construction and Materials Specifications. Where work is to be performed in states other than Ohio, equal materials and installation requirements of the local State Department of Transportation Specifications will govern. B. Aggregate Base Course Materials: Crushed gravel, limestone, or air-cooled slag, granulated slag, or a mixture of crushed and granulated slag conforming to ODOT Item 704.04 specified in ODOT Item 304, Aggregate Base. Sieve 2 inch (50mm) 1 inch (25mm) inch (19mm) No. 4 (4.75mm) No. 30 (600um) Total Percent Passing 100 70-100 50-90 30-60 9-33 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 97067 02511- 1 C. A E. No. 200 (75um) 0-13 Screenings: No. 10 size gravel, stone or air-cooled slag conforming to ODOT Item 703,10. If crushed, crush from materials larger than '/: inch (12.5mm). Bituminous Intermediate Course: Conform to ODOT item 402.02 for aggregate and cement materials specified in ODOT Item 402, Asphalt Concrete. Sieve 1-1/2 inch (37.5mm) 1 inch (25mm) 2 inch (12.5mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 16 (1.18mm) No. 50 (300um) No. 200 (75 um) Total Percent_ Passin 100 95-100 60-90 35-65 15-45 3-22 0-8 Bitumen (percent of total mix) 4.0 to 12.0 Bituminous Leveling and Surface Course: Conform to ODOT Item 404.02 for aggregate and cement materials specified in ODOT Item 404, Asphalt Concrete. Sieve 1/2 inch (12.5mm) 3/8 inch (9.5mm) No. 4 (4.75 mm) No. 16 (1.18mm) No. 50 (300um) No. 200 (75 um) Total Percent Passin 100 90-100 45-75 15-45 3-22 0-8 Bitumen (percent of total mix) 4.50 to 12.0 F. Asphalt Cements: Homogenous, free from water and coal tar pitch or any of its derivatives conforming to AASHTO M 226, Table 2. G. Bituminous Tack Coat: Conform to ODOT Item 407 for RC-70 liquid asphalt emulsion material or other emulsions approved by the Owner's Engineer. H. Bituminous Prime Coat: Conform to ODOT Item 408 for MC-30 bituminous material. 2.02 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Pavement -marking paint shall be an alkyd -resin type, ready -mixed, and complying with FS-TT-P-115 Type I. Color shall be as indicated on drawings. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 97067 02511- 2 B. Wheel Stops Stops shall be constructed of precast, air -entrained concrete, 2500-psi minimum compressive strength, approximately 6 inches high, 9 inches wide, and 84 inches long. Provide chamfered corners and drainage slots on underside, and provide holes for anchoring to substrate. 2. Provide two 3/4" diameter x 18" long galvanized steel dowels for anchoring each wheel stop. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. ' Immediately prior to placing of asphalt materials, all loose or foreign material shall be removed by sweeping and/or blowing. Surfaces of curbs, gutters, vertical faces of existing pavements and all structures that will be in actual contact with the asphaltic concrete shall be given a thin even coating of asphaltic material. Contractor shall prevent spattering of adjacent buildings, curbing, etc. B. The prepared aggregate base shall be primed with asphaltic material applied at the rate of 0.2 gallons to 0.5 gallons per square yard. Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but not flood, surface. Allow prime coat to cure for 72 hours minimum. 3.02 PLACING OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE, COMPACTION AND JOINTS A. The material shall be applied in two courses, over the previously prepared and primed sub -base and thoroughly compacted to produce a finished thickness of 2-1 /2". The full L, 1/2" thickness shall consist of a 1-1/2" base course and a 1" surface course. B. The asphaltic concrete shall be spread and compacted by means of mechanical self - powered pavers. All courses shall be properly rolled at the optimum rolling temperatures to prevent undue displacement or shoving. Tandem rollers weighing from 5 tons to 10 tons shall be employed, and the rolling of each course shall continue until the course is thoroughly compacted and all roller marks are eliminated. C. In places inaccessible to rollers such as adjacent to building, or other vertical installations, the required compaction shall be obtained with vibrating plate compactors and/or hand tampers. D. Compaction: Regardless of the type of'aggregate used or the method of placement, the base course shall be uniformly spread and rolled (or otherwise compacted) until a firm unyielding surface is produced, having a uniform surface texture, with aggregate firmly keyed. The base shall be not less than 8" in thickness after final compactionor as shown on the drawing. After compaction, do not permit vehicular traffic on aggregate base to receive asphaltic concrete paving. Disturbed areas of aggregate shall be regraded and recompacted. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 97067 02511- 3 E. Joints shall be constructed to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other sections of asphaltic concrete course. 3.03 FINISHING A. The surface of the completed work, when tested with a 10' straight edge, shall not contain irregularities in excess of .25". B. Where permanent side support is not provided by buildings. walls, curbs, etc.. the contractor shall furnish and place an earth or granular shoulder at the edge of the pavement. Such shoulder material shall be finished flush with the edge of the finished pavement, but shall slope away from it, so as to provide immediate drainage and prevent water from standing at the edge of pavement. Maximum slope of 2% in any direction shall be provided between building and access for the physically challenged from parking spaces or walks. 3.04 SURFACE TREATMENT A. Asphaltic Concrete Sealer 1. Asphaltic concrete sealer shall be "Jennite" as manufactured by Neyra Industries, Inc., or equal product consisting of a high solids refined coal tar emulsion containing hot -blended rubber and a sand slurry. 2. Allow asphaltic concrete to cure thirty (30) days and then clean and prepare surface per manufacturer's recommendations. Apply one (1) coat of pavement primer mixture consisting of one (1) part primer and two (2) parts water at the rate of 0.03 to 0.06 gallons per square yard. Apply two (2) coats of ''Jennite" sealer, mixed with sand per manufacturer's recommendations,. at the rate of 0.14-0.17 gallons per square yard. 3. Apply coating when pavement temperature is at least fifty (50) degrees F. and air temperature is fifty (50) degrees F. and rising. Apply coating during dry weather and when rain is not anticipated within eight (8) hours after application is completed. Allow final coat to cure twenty-four (24) hours before allowing traffic. 4. In all instances, consult manufacturer regarding materials, application preparation and procedure, safety procedures and cleaning. 5. Submit to the owner a certificate from the manufacturer of the sealer stating that the applicator is their certified applicator and that the specific product was placed on the pavement. 6. Prior to final payment, submit a two (2) year written dual warranty by manufacturer and contractor. This warranty will include statement that warrant performance of the coating against flaking, chipping, loss of adhesion or other abnormal wear. In the event of abnormal wear within the warranty period, the manufacturer will supply materials and the contractor will recoat with the specific material to the affected area at no cost to the owner. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 97067 02511- 4 3.05 PAVEMENT MARKING A. After seal coats have fully cured, the contractor shall install parking stall lines and other traffic line markings using a specified grade of traffic line marking paint and as indicated on the drawings. 3.06 WHEEL STOPS A. Where noted on the drawings, the contractor shall install pre -cast concrete wheel stops of the type and size specified. Each wheel stop shall be anchored into the pavement by a minimum of two 3/4" diameter x 18" steel dowels. Firmly bond each dowel to wheel stop and to pavement. 3.07 Curbing When shown on drawings, curbs shall be concrete unless otherwise noted. 3.08 Bollards All bollards, where shown on drawings, shall be 4-inch steel pipe, 4 ft. high and set in ground/paving. Imbed in ground 4'-0" and set with concrete. Fill pipe with concrete, mound top off. END OF SECTION 02511 N7067T07 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 97067 02511- 5 SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Ccntract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials. equipment and services to furnish and install all plain and reinforced concrete work including aprons, sidewalks, curbs, and any other miscellaneous concrete paving work shown on the drawings or hereinafter specified. B. Refer to Section 02200 for aggregate base requirement. C. The following standard shall be used as a guide for work included in this section: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings" (latest). 2. ACI 302.1 R, "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" (latest). 3. ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing. Transporting and Placing Concrete" (latest). 4. ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" (latest). 5. ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" (latest). 6. ACI 330R, "Guide for Design and Construction of Concrete Parking Lots" (latest). 7. ACI 311.4R, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection" 8. ACI 315, "Details and Detailing for Concrete Reinforcement' 9. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" 10. ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" 11, ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed And Plain Billet Steel Bars For Concrete Reinforcement' 12. ASTM A 185, Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement' Governing Building Code. 1 Comply with all requirements of the governing building code that are more stringent than the above -referenced codes, standards, and specifications. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 97067 02520 - 1 13. ACI SP-15, (Current Edition), Field Reference Manual. A copy of this publication must be kept available in the field office at all times during concrete construction. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE See section 03300-2 or 3.6 below. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS A. Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood or other acceptable panel -type materials shall be used to provide full -depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. B. Form coatings to permit easy removal are required. Care is to be taken to prevent staining or discoloration of concrete which will be exposed. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-615 (latest). All reinforcing steel bars shall be deformed bars, grade 60. All reinforcing steel shall be new, free of grease, mill scale, loose rust or other foreign material. They shall be prefabricated to detail and delivered to the job plainly tagged and ready to set. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A-185 (latest). The gauge and mesh size shall be as noted on the drawings. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement - ASTM C-150-(latest), Type I, except that Type II and Type III may be used with prior written approval of Goodyear or its Representative. One brand name only. B. Fine Aggregate - ASTM C-33-(latest) - shall be clean, natural sand consisting of coarse, sharp uncoated particles free of any foreign matter. C. Coarse Aggregate - ASTM C-33-(latest) - shall be screened crushed rock or natural gravel, washed and graded. It must be clean, hard, durable and free of splintery pieces of foreign material. D. Fly ash will not be acceptable as an ingredient in concrete. E. Water - shall be fresh, clean and suitable for drinking (potable). 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: Conform to ASTM C-260 (latest). Use AEA-92 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. B. High Range Water- Reducing Retarding Admixture: Conform to ASTM C-494, G (latest). Use Eucon 537 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 97067 02520 - 2 C. High Range Water - Reducer Admixture - Superplasticizer: Conform to ASTM C-494, Type F (latest). Use Eucon 37 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. D. Noncorresive/Nonchloride Accelerator: Conform to ASTM C-494, Type C or E (latest). Use Accelguard 80 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. E. Calcium Chloride: Do not use calcium chloride in concrete. Do not use admixtures containing more than 0.1 % chloride ions. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. V.O.C. Compliant Acrylic Cure and Seal: Conform to ASTM C-309. Use AquaCure VOX as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Control Joint Sealant: Conform to ASTM C-920 (latest). Use "Gardox" by W.R. Meadows, Inc. or approved altemate. B. Isolation Joint Sealant: Use 1/4" asphaltic impregnated fiber sheet similar to "Sealtight Asphalt Expansion Joint Filler" by W.R. Meadows, Inc. C. Structural Bonding Compound: (Epoxy adhesive, 100% solids, two component material, moisture insensitive, chemical resistant.) 1. Euco Epoxy #452 by Euclid Chemical Company 2. Rezi-Weld 1000 by W.R. Meadows, Inc. 3. Sonobond by Sonneborn D. Patching Compound: (Epoxy type, 100% solids, suitable for use on dry or damp surface.) 1. Euco Epoxy #456 Mortar 2. EPO Patch E. Patching Compound: (Cementitious type) 1. Thin Coat 2. HD-50 2.7 CONCRETE MIX by Euclid Chemical Company by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. by Euclid Chemical Company by Dayton Superior A. All concrete shall develop a 3-day compressive strength of at least 1800 psi and a 28-day compressive strength of at least 3500 psi. B. All concrete shall have a maximum water -cement ratio by weight of 0.53. All concrete subjected to freezing and thawing or de-icers shall have a maximum water -cement ratio by weight of 0.45. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 97067 02520 - 3 C. The proportioning of materials shall be based on the requirements for a plastic and workable mix with the use of not less than 5-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard and not more than 6-1/2 gallons of water per sack of cement, including surface water carried by the aggregate. D. The proportion of fine to coarse aggregate shall be adjusted to produce maximum workability. but in no case shall the ratio of fine to coarse aggregate be less than 1/2 nor more than 1: that is, the fine aggregate shall be 1/3 to 1/2 and the coarse aggregate 1/2 to 2/3 of the total fine and coarse aggregate. E. All concrete containing the high range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) shall have a maximum slump of 9" unless otherwise directed by Goodyear or its Representative. This concrete shall arrive at the jobsite having a slump between 2" to 3". After verification of the slump, the high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) shall be added to reach the approved slump level. All other concrete shall have a maximum slump of 3". F. Concrete to be used for all exterior concrete such as driveways, curbing, aprons, and sidewalks or any other concrete that will be subject to potentially destructive exposure such as freezing and thawing, severe weathering or de-icer chemicals shall contain an approved air -entraining mixture. Total air content shall be 6% plus or minus 1 %. G. All concrete shall contain the specified water -reducing admixtureexcept that all pumped concrete. concrete for industrial slabs and concrete with a water -cement ratio of 0.45 or below shall contain the specified high range water -reducing admixture. H. All concrete slabs when placed at air temperatures below 50=F shall contain the specified non -chloride accelerator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Provide standard reinforcement lap splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact and tieing tightly with wire. Minimum lap splice shall be 40 times bar diameter. Standard hooks shall be as shown on drawings or 90 degree bend plus 12 times bar diameter extension at free end of bar. B. All concrete cover of rebars shall be at least 2 inches or as shown on drawings. C. Fabric ends and edges shall overlap at least one full mesh to provide continuity throughout the area where used. 3.2 JOINTS A. Construction Joints not shown on the drawings shall be made and located so as to least impair the strength of the structure. Joints shall be located not less than 5 feet from any other joint to which they are parallel. Reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric shall be continuous through construction joints. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 97067 02520 - 4 Concrete shall be placed in forms, or on sub -grade that has been cleared of any excess water, frczen material or debris of any kind. Moisten surfaces of sub -grade and form work before placing concrete. 2. Use longitudinal keys at construction joints in exterior sidewalks as shown on drawings. Provide a clean. roughed surface at joints. B. Control Joints shall be located as indicated on the drawings and shall be savwcut 1/8" wide and depth equal to 1/4 the slab thickness. The saw cutting shall be done as soon as possible without raveling concrete to produce a sharp, straight joint without dislodging of aggrecate or cracking of slabs. Joints shall be filled with the specified joint sealer, applied in accordance with manufacturer's directions. C. Isolation Joints shall be installed wherever exterior slabs abut walls. columns, footings or other fixed vertical surfaces. Isolation joint material shall be 1/4" Asphaltic impregnated fiber sheet extending through the slab thickness. D. Expansion Joints shall be located at intervals not to exceed 50 feet or as shown on the drawings. Reinforcement and other embedded items shall not be permitted to extend continuously through expansion joints except where dowels in floors are bonded to the concrete on only one side of the joint. 3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Concrete shall be placed in forms, or on sub -grade that has been cleared of any excess water, frozen material or debris of any kind. Moisten surfaces of subgrade and form work before placing concrete. B. Concrete shall be ready -mix per ASTM C-94 (latest). Equipment and controls shall be capable of providing concrete of uniform quality. Concrete shall be discharged at the job site within 1-1/2 hours after cement and aggregates are combined with water. C. Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as possible using approved methods that will prevent separation or loss of ingredients and in a manner which will insure that the required quality of concrete is obtained. D. When concrete placing is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint. E. Consolidate concrete by vibrating, rodding, spading or forking until it is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items, and into corners and voids to eliminate air and stone pockets. However, do not subject concrete to any procedure, such as excessive Q incorrect vibration, that will cause separation. F. When the air temperature is less than 407., the contractor shall provide protective cover and/or heating sufficient to maintain a temperature between 50°F and 70°F for the required curing period in accordance with ACI 306 R-latest (cold weather concreting). G. Provide protective measures such as fog spraying, ponding, etc., during extremely hot periods in accordance with ACI 305R (latest), (hot weather concreting). PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 97067 02520 - 5 H. Protect concrete from load stresses, excessive vibration damage from construction equipment, rain, running water or any other detrimental action during the curing period. I. Coordinate work with installation of concrete frost proof door pads. as shown detailed on the drawings. 3.4 CONCRETE FINISHING A. The contractor shall bring the top of the slab to a true level and shall finish the surface with a steel trowel or troweling machine. The finished surface shall meet the design elevations shown on the drawings, be uniform in texture and appearance and free of any trowel marks or imperfections. The finished surface shall be level within a tolerance of 1/4" in ten feet, non -cumulative, except where indicated otherwise on the drawings. B. Exterior slabs such as sidewalks, aprons, driveways, or ramps shall receive a broom finish unless noted otherwise. 3.5 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. Freshly deposited concrete shall be protected from premature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures and shall be maintained with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperatures for the period of 7 days using Type I cement, 4 days using Type III cement. B. Curing of all concrete surfaces shall be by one of the following procedures and applied immediately after completion of placement and finishing. 1. Application of waterproof sheet materials conforming to ASTM C-171 (latest) and leave in place for the duration of the specified curing period. 2. Apply the specified cure/sealers at a rate of 300 square feet per gallon. Cure/sealer shall be applied per manufacturer's recommendations and as soon as the concrete surface is capable of withstanding the application procedure without marring. C. Any membrane curing compound used on floor slabs receiving applied finish flooring shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer, in writing, not to impair bonding of adhesive. D. For slabs which are to receive bonded cementitious materials or surface hardener (see 03300 - 2.6 K), use a curing treatment of moisture retaining covers, or as recommended by material manufacturer. E. Steel forms heated by the sun and wood forms in contact with the concrete during the curing period shall be kept wet. If forms are removed during the curing period, the curing method specified under paragraph 2 above shall be applied. Use the specified cure/sealer as the curing treatment. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 97067 02520 - 6 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Testing and inspection services shall be provided by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Owner and paid for by the Contractor. The agency providing these services shall comply with ASTM E-329 (latest). B. Inspection will include all reinforcement and placement methods of concrete. Copies of all reports shall be submitted to the Owner. C. Testing services shall include the following: 1. Slump test ASTM C-143 (latest); 2. Determination of entrained air ASTM C-231 (latest); 3. Making and breaking of all compressive test cylinders ASTM C-31 (latest) and G39 latest). Copies of all testing reports shall be submitted to the Owner. D. Prepare one cylinder for each 50 cu.yds. or fraction thereof of concrete placed for each different mix per day. These cylinders are in addition to the cylinders required by the tests above and shall be kept protected and in reserve if later testing is required. E. Evaluation and AcceDtance - The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory if 90% of the strength test results and the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified strength and no individual test result is below the specified strength by more than 500 psi. 3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. All voids, damaged places, fins, projections, honeycomb areas, and tie -rod holes shall beremoveddowntosoundconcreteandshallberepairedimmediatelyafterformremoval and after a concrete curing compound is applied. If chipping is necessary, the edge shall be perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut. B. At areas to be repaired, the surface shall be thoroughly flushed and scrubbed with water just prior to patching to remove all loose material. C. The specified bonding agent shall be used for all patching and the specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar shall be used for all structural concrete repairs. D. All patching and repairs shall have prior approval of Goodyear or its Representative as to method and procedure. E. Tie holes shall be thoroughly and liberally coated with a bonding agent and then thoroughly filled with a nonshrink patching mortar using a plunger type or other mechanical injecting device to force mortar through holes passing through walls. END OF SECTION 02520 N7067T08 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 97067 02520 - 7 SECTION 02900 - LANDSCAPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install all landscaping and related work designated on the drawings or hereinafter specified. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Both material and labor shall be guaranteed for one year from date of acceptance by Goodyear's Authorized Representative. Areas not accepted at time of final inspection shall be identified as to size and location and shall be part of the punch list of items to be redone, added to or corrected. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRASS OR LAWN AREAS A. These areas shall be either sod or seeded with certified, weed -free seed mixtures recommended for use in the climate zone involved. These zones are roughly as follows: 1. Northern - bluegrasses and fescues 2. Southern - bermuda grasses and zoysias 3. Extreme South - St Augustine B. Contractor shall provide all required lime, fertilizers, mulches, etc., as required to prepare topsoil for planting as recommended by the local agricultural agent. 2.2 PLANTS A. Plant Types: Plant specifications are as indicated in the current edition of "American Standard for Nursery Stock" published by The American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. B. Plant Names: Plant names indicated on the plans shall be as derived from "Standardized Plant Names", 2nd edition, 1942, prepared for the Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature. C. Materials used for plant installation shall be as indicated on the plans. 2.3 Contractor shall provide all required lime, fertilizers, mulches, etc., as required to prepare the topsoil for planting as recommended by the local agricultural agent. LANDSCAPING • 97067 02900- 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 FINAL GRADING A. The landscape contractor shall perform all fine grading required to provide final finished surface for seeding or sodding. This work shall include mixing of lime, fertilizers, etc.. as required for bed. 3.3 SODDING A. The topsoil bed for sod shall be 4" deep and firm. B. Sod shall be selected for quality. The first strip shall be laid along a straight edge. Stagger sod joints so that adjacent joints do not line up. C. Thoroughly water sod immediately after installation. Allow the water to soak in, then rollwithalightroller. Sod shall be soaked once a day for a week, then taper off to a normal watering program. D. Mow sod when its growth has increased by one-third. SEEDING A. The seed bed shall be 4" of good quality topsoil. B. Place a uniform application of good quality seed applied with a properly calibrated spreader. Spreader shall be set at the recommended rate for the seed involved. After application, mix seed lightly with the surface of the soil. Mulch newly seeded area with a thin, uniform weed -free covering such as clean straw or salt hay. Provide adequate moisture. C. The contractor shall mow the new lawn for the first time when the ground is dry and the grass is 1-1/2 inches long. Mulch shall not be raked out of lawn areas. END OF SECTION 02900 N7067T09 LANDSCAPING 97067 02900- 2 SECTION 02910 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, equipment, materials and services to furnish and install an automatic underground irrigation system. This includes all sprinkler heads, zone valve, control clock, piping, wiring and backflow preventors. B. Contractor to coordinate plumbing and wiring, etc., through building walls or under pavements with other trades. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Any Contractor or subcontractor performing work under this section shall be experienced and qualified to do such work and hold the approprate registration, license or permit as required by State or Local law. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses. pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall provide the following to the Owner: 1. 8'/z" x 11" Written operation instruction manual, including winterizing instructions, maintenance instructions, operating schedule, and manufacturer's parts list. 2. A complete drawing showing the actual as -built locations of all piping, valves, wiring, sprinkler heads, etc., including all sizes. 3. A schedule showing the length of time each valve is to be open to produce a given amount of precipitation. 1.05 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall guarantee complete coverage of the areas to be irrigated. He shall also guarantee the satisfactory operation of the entire system and the workmanship and restoration of the area. B. The entire system shall be guaranteed to be complete and perfect in every detail for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Goodyear Authorized Representative. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 97057 02910 - 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Piping: PVC piping to be Schedule 40 or other approved, with fittings of the same material. B. Sprinkler heads shall be pop-up type heads as manufactured by Toro, Hunter or Rainbird. 1. Lawn pop -ups to be 3" high. 2. Shrub pop -ups to be 9" high minimum. 3. Nozzles shall be appropriate to achieve matched precipitation rates. 4. Drip emitters may be used for flower bed areas. 5. Stationary riser heads may be approved if protected. C. Zone Valves: 1. To be electronically activated. 2. Valves to be by same manufacturer's as the sprinkler heads. 3. Valve to be located in Ametek or other approved underground boxes. D. Automatic Electronic Controller: 1. To be by same manufacturer as the basic system. 2. Controller to be wall mounted commercial style unit. Controller shall have two extra stations for further uses. E. Backflow Preventer: Shall be as required by local plumbing code. F. Quick Coupler Valves: Shall have one in front of Tire Store and one in rear of Store. G. Drain Valves: Shall be included in the system if irrigation system does not include an automatic drain feature. H. Control and Ground Wire shall be type OF 600V, No. 14 gauge, single -conductor solid copper wire with PVC insulation and bear UL approval or underground feeder cable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 LAYOUT A. Sprinkler lines and heads shown on the drawings are essentially diagrammatic. The locations of all piping, valves, heads, wiring, etc. shall be established by the Contractor at the time of construction. Spacing of sprinkler heads as shown on the drawing shall not be exceeded. 3.02 TRENCHING B. Trenching: Trenches for pipe shall be excavated to sufficient depth and width to permit proper handling and installation of the pipe and fittings, and so that the system can be properly drained to the automatic drain valves if specified. Piping may be installed by other method if approved by the Architect. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 97067 02910 - 2 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: All materials and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Any items, which, in the opinion of the Architect, do not present an orderly and reasonably near or workmanship appearance will be removed and replaced at no expense to the Owner. Any such corrective action will be directed in writing. B. Unless otherwise indicated all sprinkler lines or mains shall be installed at a minimum depth of 12 inches based on finished grades. C. Install manual shut-off. drain valve, remote control valves, valve boxes and backflow preventer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and good construction practice, and as indicated on the drawings. Provide valve box with solid cover for access to valve and shut-off; provide T-handle shut-off devices as necessary. Piping from supply to remote control valves to be galvanized steel or copper (compatible with existing supply); piping from remote control valves to sprinklers to be Class 160 PVC. D. Provision for Winterizing: Provision shall be made, by the installation of a quick coupling valve on the irrigation system side of the backflow preventer, for the connection of compressor to accomplish the "blowing out" of the irrigation lines. E. The joints shall be allowed to set at least 24 hours before pressure is applied to the system of PVC pipe. 3.04 SPRINKLER HEADS A. General: The installation of sprinkler head shall include the excavation and backfill, the furnishing, installing and testing of risers, fittings and sprinkler heads, and the removal and/or restoration of existing improvements and all other work in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. All sprinkler heads and quick -coupling valves in lawn areas shall be set perpendicular to finished grades and at the level of finish grade to allow for grass growth above. C. One half to one cubic foot minimum, of #5 aggregate gravel shall be placed around each rotor pop-up sprinkler head when it is set to grade, for drainage of water from sprinkler case. D. All sprinklers shall be adjusted for proper and adequate distribution of the water over the coverage pattern of the sprinkler at such time as the system is finally completely checked out. E. All risers for shrub spray heads, bubble heads, etc., that are in shrub, ground cover or flower bed areas and planters shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or Schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe, unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings. The risers shall be of sufficient height as may be required so as not to cause any interruption of the steam from the sprinkler nozzle when the plant material has reached its optimum growth. F. Drip Emitters: Drip emitter system shall be installed after completion of shrub planting operations, prior to mulching. Emitter system shall be carefully installed to avoid damage to landscaping and at a depth of 3". Each plant shall be serviced with a single tube. Tubes must be sufficient length to water root ball. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 97067 02910 - 3 3.05' CONTROLLER A. Install electric controller in location called for on the drawing at a height to provide easy access and readability (make connection to electric supply at wall plug) or make hand wire connection to electrical source provided by Owner). B. Determine setting to achieve proper precipitation and set time clocks to provide coverage as directed. Clock schedule to be approved by Owner for time of day and days of the week. 3.06 TESTING A. All tests shall be completed prior to backfilling, however, sufficient backfill material may be placed in trenches between fittings to insure the stability of the line under pressure. In all cases. fittings and couplings must be open to visual inspection for the full period of the test. B. Test sprinkler lines in place before backfilling for a period of not less than one hour at 100 psi. The test is acceptable if no leakage or loss of pressure is evident. C. Any portion of the system failing to test properly will be replaced or corrected and retested. D. Backfill: Where pipe runs under existing or future paving backfill will be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor density and 85% Modified Proctor density in landscape areas. E. Final Adjustment: After installation has been completed, and final grading and plantings installed by the Landscape Contractor, final adjustment shall be made of the sprinkler system preparatory to the Architect's final inspection. F. The system shall be completely flushed to remove any and all debris from the lines by removing the nozzles from all heads and turning on the system. 3.07 INSPECTION A. The system will not be accepted until reviewed by the Authorized Goodyear Representative for proper coverage, operation manual complete with winterizing instructions. 3.08 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of the work all equipment, tools, rubbish, excess materials or other debris will be removed from the site and all parts of the work shall be left in a neat and presentable condition. END OF SECTION 02910 97067005 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 97067 02910 - 4 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install all plain and reinforced concrete work including foundations, footings, slabs -on -grade, equipment pads and bases, pits, and any other miscellaneous cast -in -place concrete work shown on the drawings or hereinafter specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the provisions of the latest edition of all applicable Building Codes and Standards, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings" (latest). 2. ACI 302.1 R, "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" (latest). 3. ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete" (latest). 4. ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" (latest). 5. ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" (latest). 6. ACI 311.4R, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection" 7. ACI 315, "Details and Detailing for Concrete Reinforcement' 8. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" 9. ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" 10. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed And Plain Billet Steel Bars For Concrete Reinforcement' 11. ASTM A 185, "Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement' Governing Building Code. Comply with all requirements of the governing building code that aremorestringentthantheabove -referenced codes, standards, and specifications. 12. ACI SP-15, (Current Edition), Field Reference Manual. A copy of this publication must be kept available in the field office at all times during concrete construction. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 1 B. Design Mix Testing: The Contractor shall employ, at his expense, an independent testing :aboratory, approved by Goodyear's Authorized Representative, to prepare trial design mixes, for each of the different strengths and types of concrete required for the job. Mixes shall be prepared in accordance with ACI Specifications for Structural concrete for Buildings (ACI 301). 2. Where the concrete production facility can establish the uniformity of its production for concrete of similar strength and materials based on recent test data, average strength used as a basis for determining mix design proportions shall exceed the specified strength by the requirements of ACI-318 or ACI 301. When a concrete production facility does not have field test records for a calculation of standard deviation, the required average strength shall be at least 1200 psi greater than the specified design strength. Fifteen (15) days prior to the start of work, submit written reports to Goodyear's Authorized Representative, on each proposed mix for each class of concrete. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Goody ear's Authorized Representative. C. Testing, Inspection and Reports: (Contractor Furnished) The Contractor shall employ, at his expense, an independent testing laboratory, approved by Goodyear's Authorized Representative, to perform the following inspection items: Testing of Materials: Test cement, aggregate, admixtures and reinforcing steel for compliance with specifications. Certificates of compliance may be submitted in lieu of testing. Certificates must be signed by the material producer and the Contractor. 2. Field Inspection: Inspect reinforcing in place for proper grade, size, dimensions, location, tying and anchorage. Certify to Goodyear's Authorized Representative and Building Department that the work has been performed in accordance with the drawings, specifications and all applicable codes and specifications. 3. Quality Control Testing During Construction: Concrete shall be sampled and tested for quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows: a. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. b. Determine air content of normal -weight concrete for each strength test. In addition, for all exterior flat -work concrete, determine air content per ASTM C 231 for each 20 cu. yd. placed. c. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when the air temperature is 40°F. and below, and when 80°F. and above, each time a set of compression test specimens is made. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 d. Test Specimens: ASTM C 31, Compressive Strength Specimens- Prepare one set of four (4) specimens for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, for each concrete strength placed in any one day, or for each 5,000 square feet of surface area placed. Cover specimens with a polyethylene sheet and store in a location where they will not be disturbed or damaged per ASTM C31. e. Compression Strength Tests: ASTM C 39- Perform compressive strength tests of one (1) specimen after 7 days and two (2) specimens after 28 days curing period. One specimen shall be reserved for additional testing if needed. 4. Reports: Reports of field tests shall include a complete description of material or concrete mix, date samples were taken and tested, weather conditions, inspector's name, job name, job location and test results. D. Design Mix, Testing, Inspection & Reports: (Owner Furnished) NOTE: ACI-301 requires all Field testing to be paid by Owner.) The Owner will employ an independent testing laboratory to perform field inspection and quality control testing during construction. Tests shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Testing of Materials 2. Slump 3. Air Content 4. Compression Testing of Concrete Cylinders The Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory field representative in obtaining samples and in the performance of tests. If he so requests, the Contractor may receive copies of the laboratory test reports. E. Evaluation and Acceptance: Strength level of concrete will be satisfactory if 90% of strength test results and averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified strength and no individual test result is below specified strength by more than 500 psi. F. Substitutions: Any request for product substitution must be submitted for review, with all necessary documentation, prior to time of bid. No requests for substitutions will be considered after bid has been received. G. Throughout the Specifications, types of materials may be specified by manufacturer's name in order to establish standards of quality and performanceand not for the purpose of limiting competition. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the Bidder may assume the phrase "or approved equal", except that the burden is upon Bidder to prove such equality. If the Bidder elects to prove such equality, he must request Goodyear's Authorized Representative approval in writing to substitute such item for the specified item, stating the cost difference involved with supporting data, and samples, if required, to permit a fair evaluation of the proposed substitute with respect to quality, serviceability, warranty, and cost. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97057 03300 - 3 H. Workmansnip: Concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements. including strenat: . tolerance. and finishes, shall be corrected as directed by Goodyear's Authorized Representative, at the Contractor's expense. and without extension of time therefore. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by, or resulting from, corrections to the concrete work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for fabrication. bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement for Goodyear's Authorized Representative review. Shop drawings are interpretations of and are supplemental to the design drawings and specifications. Their intent is to demonstrate to the Representative that this contractor has understood the design concept, and to provide the detailed information necessary for the fabrication, assembly, and installation of the products or materials specified. Neither the shop drawings nor comments placed on them by the Representative shall be construed as being change orders. If any deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between the shop drawings and the design drawings and specifications are discovered, either prior to or after the shop drawings have been reviewed, the design drawings and specifications shall control and shall be followed. Shop drawings shall conform to the requirements of the contract documents. The general contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the contract documents by the Representative's approval of the shop drawings unless the general contractor has specifically informed the Representative in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Representative has given written approval to the specific deviation. The general contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings by the Representative's approval thereof. The general contractor shall direct the specific attention, in writing or on re -submitted shop drawings to revisions other than those requested by Goodyear's Authorized Representative on previous submittals. The general contractor -shall review, check, and stamp "Approved" on all shop drawings prior to submitting them to the Goodyear's Authorized Representative. Shop drawings which have not been stamped "Approved", or which have not been checked, or which do not conform to the requirements of the contract documents, will be rejected. The general contractors approval represents that he has determined and verified all materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the work and of the contract documents. If any drawings of the contract documents are incorporated into the shop drawings. the original title block and all registration seals shall be completely obliterated. A new title block shall be added, clearly giving the name of the project, the name of the general contractor, the name of the materials supplier, and other information necessary to identify the drawings. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS A. Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood or other acceptable panel -type materials shall be used to provide full -depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. B. Forms for Cvlindrical Columns and Support: Metal, glass fiber- reinforced plastic, or paper or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint indications. C. Form coatings to permit easy removal are required. Care is to be taken to prevent staining or discoloration of concrete which will be exposed. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-615 (latest). All reinforcing steel bars shall be deformed bars, grade 60. All reinforcing steel shall be new, free of grease, mill scale, loose rust or other foreign material. They shall be prefabricated to detail and delivered to the job plainly tagged and ready to set. B. Supports for Reinforcement: Use bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting reinforcement in place. Use wire bar supports complying with PS7-66 unless otherwise indicated. C. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports which are plastic protected or stainless steel. D. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A-185 (latest). The gauge and mesh size shall be as noted on the drawings. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement - ASTM C-150-(latest), Type I, except that Type II and Type III may be used with prior written approval of Goodyear or its Representative. One brand name only. B. Normal Weight Aggregate: 1. Coarse aggregate shall be gravel, crushed gravel or crushed stone conforming to ASTM C 33. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed: a. One -fifth narrowest dimension between forms, b. Three -fourths minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars, c. One-third the thickness of slabs, nor d. 1" - size number 57 2. Fine aggregate shall be natural sand; ASTM C 33. C. Fly ash will not be acceptable as an ingredient in concrete. D. Water - shall be fresh, clean and suitable for drinking (potable). CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 5 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: Conform to ASTM C-260 (latest). Use AEA-92 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. B. Water Reducing Admixture: Conform to ASTM C-494, Type A (latest). Use Eucon WR91 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. C. High Range Water- Reducing Retarding Admixture: Conform to ASTM C-494, G (latest). Use Eucon 537 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. D. High Range Water - Reducer Admixture - Suoerplasticizer: Conform to ASTM C-494, Type F (latest). Use Eucon 37 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. E. Noncorrosive/Nonchloride Accelerator: Conform to ASTM C-494, Type C or E (latest). Use Accelguard 80 as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. F. Calcium Chloride: Do not use calcium chloride in concrete. Do not use admixtures containing more than 0.1 % chloride ions. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. V.O.C. Compliant Acrylic Cure and Seal: Conform to ASTM C-309. Use AquaCure VOX as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved alternate. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Control Joint Sealant: Conform to ASTM C-920 (latest). Use "Gardox" by W.R. Meadows, Inc. or approved alternate. B. Isolation Joint Sealant: Use an elastic, high density, open -cell polyurethane foam, impregnated with a polymer -improved asphalt. C. Structural Bonding Compound: (Epoxy adhesive, 100% solids, two component material, moisture insensitive, chemical resistant.) E. 1. Euco Epoxy #452 by Euclid Chemical Company 2. Rezi-Weld 1000 by W.R. Meadows, Inc. 3. Sonobond by Sonneborn Patching Comoound: (Epoxy type, 100% solids, suitable for use on dry or damp surface.) 1. Euco Epoxy #456 Mortar 2. EPO Patch Patching Compound: (Cementitious type) 1. Thin Coat 2. HD-50 by Euclid Chemical Company by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. by Euclid Chemical Company by Dayton Superior CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 6 F. Re4lets: Where sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets. provide reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch-thick (26-gage) galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. G. Dovetail Anchor Slots. Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336inch thick (22 gage) with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. H. Waterstops: Provide flat, dumbbell -type or centerbulb-type waterstops at construction joints and other joints as indicated. Size to suit joints. I. Vapor Barrier: Provide vapor barrier that is resistant to deterioration when tested according to ASTM E-154 consisting of a polyethylene sheet not less than 6 mils thick. J. Colored Wear -Resistant Finish: (Non -Metallic Surface Hardener, Shake -On Type. Color: Battleship Grey) 1. Surflex by Euclid Chemical Company 2. Floorcron by Gifford -Hill & Co. Inc. 3. Quartzplate by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 2.7 CONCRETE MIX A. All concrete shall develop a 3-day compressive strength of at least 1800 psi and a 28-day compressive strength of at least 3500 psi. B. All concrete shall have a maximum water -cement ratio by weight of 0.53. All concrete subjected to freezing and thawing or de-icers shall have a maximum water -cement ratio by weight of 0.45. C. The proportioning of materials shall be based on the requirements for a plastic and workable mix with the use of not less than 5-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard and not more than 6-1/2 gallons of water per sack of cement, including surface water carried by the aggregate. D. The proportion of fine to coarse aggregate shall be adjusted to produce maximum workability, but in no case shall the ratio of fine to coarse aggregate be less thanl/2 normorethan1: that is, the fine aggregate shall be 1/3 to 1/2 and the coarse aggregate 1/2 to 2/3 of the total fine and coarse aggregate. E. Slump limits shall be as follows: 1. Ramps, Slabs, and Sloping Surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. 2. Reinforced Foundation Systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. 3. All concrete containing the high range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) shall have a maximum slump of 8" unless otherwise directed by Goodyear or its Representative. This concrete shall arrive at the jobsite having a slump between 2" to 3". After verification of the slump, the high -range water -reducing admixture superplasticizer) shall be added to reach the approved slump level. 4. Other Concrete: Not more than 4 inches. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 7 F. Use water -reducing admixtures in concrete, as required, for placement ano wornoulllty. G. Use accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees H. Concrete construction which may be exterior exposed or any other concrete that will be subject to potentially destructive exposure such as freezing and thawing, severe weathering or de-icer chemicals shall contain an approved air -entraining mixture. Total air content shall be 6% plus or minus 1 %. I. All concrete shall contain the specified water -reducing admixture except that all pumped concrete, concrete for industrial slabs and concrete with a water -cement ratio of 0.45 or below shall contain the specified high range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer). J. All concrete slabs when placed at air temperatures below 507 F shall contain the specified non -chloride accelerator. K. All interior concrete floors shall be plain, nonair entrained concrete and shall have the high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) added. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS A. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustifications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. B. Forms for unexposed walls below grade may be built of used lumber, but shall be straight enough to maintain reasonably straight surfaces. If the earth will stand reasonably vertical and firm during excavating and concreting, no forms need be constructed for isolated footings or footing courses. C. Forms for walls that will be exposed in the finished building shall be lined with plywood. Celotex form liner or other material suitable for producing smoothly finished surfaces or surfaces of a specified texture. D. Form work shall be substantial enough to prevent any noticeable deflection during or after pouring of concrete. E. The contractor shall give ample notice and opportunity to subcontractors and shall insure that all openings, sleeves, inserts, anchor bolts, anchors, conduit and other built-in or embedded items have been incorporated into the section that is about to be poured. No aluminum of any type is permitted in the concrete. F. Form coatings to permit easy removal are required. Care is to be taken to prevent staining or discoloration of concrete which will be exposed. Use an approved, non - residual, low-VOC, form -coating compound. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 8 3.2 VAPOR RETARDER/BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Place vapor retarder/barrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended mastic or pressure -sensitive tape. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and suppors and as specified. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange. space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. D. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.4 JOINTS A. Construction Joints not shown on the drawings shall be made and located so as to least impair the strength of the structure. Joints shall be located not less than 5 feet from any other joint to which they are parallel. Construction joints shall be doweled as indicated on the drawings. The service area shall be poured in two pours with a joint at the center of the service area, or as otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2" deep at construction joints in walls and slabs and between walls and footings. B. Control Joints shall be located as indicated on the drawings and shall be sawcut 1/8" wide and depth equal to 1/4 the slab thickness. The saw cutting shall be done as soon as possible without raveling concrete to produce a sharp, straight joint without dislodging of aggregate or cracking of slabs. Joints shall be filled with the specified joint sealer, applied in accordance with manufacturer's directions. C. Isolation Joints shall be installed wherever slabs -on -grade abut walls, columns, footings or other fixed vertical surfaces. Isolation joint material shall be 1/4" asphaltic imprecnated fiber sheet extending through the slab thickness. D. Expansion Joints shall be located at intervals not to exceed 50 feet or as shown on the drawings. Reinforcement and other embedded items shall not be permitted to extend continuously through expansion joints except where dowels in floors are bonded to the concrete on only one side of the joint. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 9 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Concrete shall be placed in forms, or on sub -grade that has been cleared of any excess water, frozen material or debris of any kind. Moisten surfaces of subgrade and form work before placing concrete. B. Concrete shall be ready -mix per ASTM C-94 (latest). Equipment and controls shall be capable of providing concrete of uniform quality. Concrete shall be discharged at the job site within 1-1/2 hours after cement and aggregates are combined with water. C. Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as possible using approved methods that will prevent separation or loss of ingredients and in a manner which will insure that the required quality of concrete is obtained. D. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement. E. When concrete placing is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint. F. Consolidate concrete by vibrating, rodding, spading or forking until it is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items, and into corners and voids to eliminate air and stone pockets. However, do not subject concrete to any procedure, such as excessive or incorrect vibration, that will cause separation. G. When the air temperature is less than 40=F., the contractor shall provide protective cover and/or heating sufficient to maintain a temperature between 50=F and 70--F for the required curing period in accordance with ACI 306 R-latest (cold weather concreting). . H. Provide protective measures such as fog spraying, ponding, etc., during extremely hot periods in accordance with ACI 305R (latest), (hot weather concreting). Protect concrete from load stresses, excessive vibration damage from construction equipment, rain, running water or any other detrimental action during the curing period. J. Nonshrink Grout All column base plates, equipment bases and other locations noted on the drawings shall be grouted with the specified non -shrink grout. All exposed grout shall be the specified nonmetallic type. 2. Nonshrink Grout: "N-S Grout' (nonmetallic) by The Euclid Chemical Company or Wasterflow 713" by Master Builders. The grout shall be conforming to CRD-C-621- 80, "Corps of Engineers Specification for Non -Shrink Grout'. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING A. The contractor shall bring the top of the slab to a true level and shall finish the surface with a steel trowel or troweling machine. The finished surface shall meet the design elevations shown on the drawings, be uniform in texture and appearance and free of any trowel marks or imperfections. The finished surface shall be level within a tolerance of 1/4" in ten feet, non -cumulative, except where indicated otherwise on the drawings. B. Provide a rough -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work or concealed by other construction. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 10 C. Provide a smooth -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering materialapplied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. D. Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet. ceramic tile, paint, or another thin film finishing coating system. E. Apply the specified colored wear -resistant finish to all areas of exposed concrete floor as indicated in the finish schedule. All such floors shall receive a shake -on type nometallic surface hardener. Material shall be premixed, proportioned and packaged at the factory and delivered to the job site ready to apply. One of the following products shall be used. Each hardener will be cured with only its corresponding cure/sealer. Hardener (rate of 1 pound per so. ft.) Cure/Sealer Surflex" by the Euclid Chemical Co. "Rez-Seal" Color: French Gray By Euclid Chemical Co. two coats) Floorcron" by Gifford -Hill & Co., Inc. Gifford -Hill Color: French Gray "Sealco 309" Quartzplate" by L & M Construction "Dress and Seal" Chemicals Inc. By L & M Construction Color: French Gray 1. Apply hardener the same day the floor slab is placed. 2. Cure hardener in accordance with ASTM C-309 (latest). 3. When dry, the coating shall be given adequate job protection and the floors kept free of traffic and loads for at least ten (10) days after completion. 4. Temperature must be maintained above 50OF during the curing period. 5. Complete installation and finishing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY TO GOODYEAR OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FOR THE ABOVE WORK. 3.7 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. Freshly deposited concrete shall be protected from premature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures and shall be maintained with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperatures for the period of 7 days using Type I cement, 4 days using Type III cement. B. Curing of all concrete surfaces shall be by one of the following procedures and applied immediately after completion of placement and finishing. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 11 Application of waterproof sheet materials conforming to ASTM C-171 (latest) and leave in place for the duration of the specified curing period. 2. Apply the specified cure/sealers at a rate of 300 square feet per gallon. Cure/sealer shall be applied per manufacturer's recommendations and as soon as the concrete surface is capable of withstanding the application procedure without marring. C. Any membrane curing compound used on floor slabs receiving applied finish flooring shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer, in writing, not to impair bonding of adhesive. D. For slabs which are to receive bonded cementitious materials or surface hardener, use a curing treatment of moisture retaining covers, or as recommended by material manufacturer. E. Steel forms heated by the sun and wood forms in contact with the concrete during the curing period shall be kept wet. If forms are removed during the curing period, the curing method specified under paragraph (b)2 above shall be applied. Use the specified cure/sealer as the curing treatment. 3.8 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. All voids, damaged places, fins, projections, honeycomb areas, and tie -rod holes shall be removed down to sound concrete and shall be repaired immediately after form removal and after a concrete curing compound is applied. If chipping is necessary, the edge shall be perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut. B. At areas to be repaired, the surface shall be thoroughly flushed and scrubbed with water just prior to patching to remove all loose material. C. The specified bonding agent shall be used for all patching and the specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar shall be used for all structural concrete repairs. D. All patching and repairs shall have prior approval of Goodyear or its Representative as to method and procedure. E. Tie holes shall be thoroughly and liberally coated with a bonding agent and then thoroughly filled with a nonshrink patching mortar using a plunger type or other mechanical injecting device to force mortar through holes passing through walls. END OF SECTION 03300 N7067T10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 97067 03300 - 12 l\ SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services to furnish and install all concrete masonry work. including related items such as precast units, wall ties, masonry wall reinforcing and grouting. Included also is the buildingintomasonrywork, as it progresses, of all sleeves, openings, chases and built-in items furnished by other trades, such as bolts, anchors, nailers, inserts, loose lintels, window and door frames, vents, conduit, etc., as may be shown on the drawings or otherwise required to be built-in. B. Masonry structures in Seismic Zone No. 2, 3, and 4 shall comply with local governing code requirements. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide concrete unit masonry that develops an installed compressive strength of not less than 1500 psi (10.3 MPZ) at 28 days. B. Provide brick unit masonry that develops an installed compressive strength of not less than 1500 psi (10.3 MPZ) at 28 days. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar and soil that comes in contact with such masonry. C. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions. D. Hot -Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use coved materials as required. UNIT MASONRY 97067 04200 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Masonry Units: Concrete masonry units so --,all be manufactured by a member of the National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA). 2. Concrete masonry units shall be hollow, load -bearing units of modular dimension and conforming to ASTM C-90 (latest). Provide Grade N-I, general use moisture controlled units. 3. Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength not less than the unit compressive strengths required to produce concrete unit masonry construction of compressive strength indicated. 4. Decorative Concrete Masony Units: Exposed faces of decorative concrete masonry units shall consist of normal -weight aggregate with a split -face finish. Color of units shall be as indicated on the drawings from manufacturer's standard color's and texture, unless otherwise indicated. Provide units produced with liquid polymeric, integral water-repellent admixture that does not reduce flexural bond strength. Use Dry -Block" integral water-repellent admixture as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Co. Units made with integral water repellent, when tested as a wall assembly made with mortar containing integral water-repellent manufacturer's mortar additive according to ASTM E-514, with test period extended to 24 hours, show no visible water or leaks on the back of the test specimen. 6. No mitering of corners will be allowed. Outside corners of split face units shall be split on one face & one end. 2.2 BRICK A. Where use of split faced block is denied by the local governing authorities, an exterior brick face may be used. Face brick shall be standard size units, Grade SW, complying with ASTM C-216. B. Submit revised construction details and specifications with one sample of proposed brick unit to Goodyear's authorized representative for approval prior to proceeding with work. 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement -Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM G 150, Type I and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C-207, Type S. For pigmented mortars, use colored portland cement -lime mix of formulation required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight for mineral oxides nor 2 percent for carbon black. UNIT MASONRY 97057 04200 - 2 C_ c^ B. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C-144: except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm), use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve. Material shall be clean, free of clay and organic impurities, and washed if necessary to remove impurities. Masonry sand shall be light tan to white in color. C. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use Solomon Grind Chemical Services concentrated mortar - color per manufacturer's proportioning requirements. In colors as indicated on drawings. D. Water-Reoellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMU. containing integral water repellent. Use "Dry -Block" mortar admixture as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Co. E. Water: Potable and clean. F. Grout: Grout shall conform to ASTM C-476 (latest) with a maximum aggregate size o1318" and a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi. Grouting method shall conform to local governing code. 2.4 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Shall be billet steel complying with ASTM A-615 (latest) of Grade 60. Reinforcing shall have a galvanized coating complying with ASTM A-153 (latest). B. Welded -Wire Fabric: Shall comply with ASTM A-185 (latest). C. Tie and Joint Wire: Shall be galvanized carbon -steel wire complying with ASTM A-82 latest) and ASTM A-153 (latest). D. Horizontal (truss type) Reinforcing: Shall be manufactured from cold drawn steel wire conforming to ASTM A-82 (latest). This reinforcement shall consist of two #9 gauge deformed longitudinal rods welded at 16 inch intervals to a continuous diagonal cross rod. Out -to out spacing of side rods shall be approximately two inches less than the wall thickness. Reinforcing shall have a hot -dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A- 641 (latest). 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Flashing: Shall be "Perm -A -Barrier" wall flashing as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Company consisting of a 32 mil thick roll, flexible, polyethylene film. B. Block Insulation: Shall be "Tripolymer" foam -in -place insulation conforming to ASTM E- 119 (latest) or ASTM C-177 (latest) as manufactured by C.P. Chemical Co., Inc. Thickness shall be in accordance with drawings. C. Perimeter Insulation: Where required by local governing energy code, shall be Styrofoam" S-B by Dow Chemical Company installed as per manufacturers recommendations. UNIT MASONRY 97067 • 04200 - 3 D. Loose -Granular Vermiculite Insulation. Where required by local governing energy code, shall comply with ASTM C-516, Type II, Grade 3 (latest) or molded polystyrene beads conforming to ASTM C-578 EPS, Type I (latest) and complying with 29 CFR 1925 regarding asbestos content and action. Insulation shall be poured through a hopper -like device placed on top of wall and at frequent enough intervals to assure complete filling of all cores. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Verity that all concrete masonry units are sound and free of cracks or other defects that would interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength, permanence or finished appearance of the construction. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Masonry shall be laid plumb, true to line and in level courses. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, stretcher units shall be laid in a one-half running bond pattern. Units terminating against soffits, beams or roof deck shall be wedged tight with slate and the joint filled with mortar. All cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of others, shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws. B. Hollow masonry units shall be laid with full mortar coverage in horizontal and vertical face `- shells except that webs shall also be bedded in all courses of piers, columns, pilasters and in the starting courses on footings. C. Horizontal and vertical face joints shall be 3/8 inch thick unless otherwise indicated. Mortar joints in exposed surfaces shall be pointed with a round pointing tool. D. Vertical control joints shall be constructed by using open and stretcher units and control .-. joint mortar keys. On the exterior and interior faces of the wall the mortar shall be raked out to a depth of 3/4 inch and caulked with sealant as shown on details. Control joints shall be spaced not more than 40 feet apart, or as shown on drawings. E. Bearing courses under joints and under lintels less than 8 feet in span shall consist of at least 8 inches of solid masonry. Bearing courses under beams, girders and trusses and under lintels 8 feet or more in span shall be solid masonry of thickness as indicated on the drawings, but in no case less than 8". F. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY 97067 04200 - 4 may;,,, " . __. _.. .... G. The contractor shall cover tops of walls with a water -tight covering wherever work is discontinued. Masonry walls shall be properly braced against lateral loads until the roof diaphragm or other lateral support system has been installed. H. All exterior masonry walls shall be bonded in the bed joints with a truss -type reinforcement manufactured from cold drawn, steel wire. This reinforcement shall consist of two or three 9 gauge deformed longitudinal rods welded at 16 inch intervals to a continuous diagonal cross rod. Out -to -out spacing of side rods shall be approximately two inches less than the wall thickness. I. Horizontal reinforcing, shall be placed in the first and second bed joints (8" cc) above and below openings and in every second bed joint (16" cc) throughout the remainder of the structure unless noted otherwise on the drawings. Reinforcing in the first bed joint immediately above and below openings shall be continuous. In second bed joint, it shall extend two feet beyond each side of opening. Reinforcing shall be lapped 6" at splices to ensure continuity. Comers and tees shall be job fabricated. Reinforcing shall not pass through vertical masonry control joints except where required for structural reasons as noted on the drawings. 3.3 LINTELS, FLASHING AND WEEPHOLES A. Install steel lintels where indicated on drawings or as required at openings in block masonry more than 24 inches wide not shown to have another means of structural support. B. Install embedded flashing and weepholes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, and other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated. C. Install weepholes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing. Form weepholes by keeping head joints free and clear of mortar. Space weepholes at 16 inches on center. 3.4 CLEANING A. All holes in the exposed masonry shall be pointed and defective joints shall be cut out and repointed with mortar. B. Exposed masonry shall be protected against staining by wall coverings and excess mortar shall be wiped off the surface as the work progresses. C. Exposed surfaces of completed concrete masonry shall be cleaned with clear water and stiff bristle brushes. If this cleaning does not suffice the surfaces of all unglazed masonry, on which no green efflorescence appears, shall be thoroughly wetted with clear water and then scrubbed with a proprietary cleaning solution similar to "Yana Trol" by ProSoCo, Inc., followed immediately by a thorough rinsing with clear water. If solution is used, all sash, steel lintels, and other corrodible parts shall be carefully protected. UNIT MASONRY 97067 04200 - 5 3.5 SEALING A. All exterior brick, concrete unit masonry and stucco shall be sealed using a clear water repellent coating consisting of 20% silane solids in a solvent carrier of either alcohol, mineral spirits or water. Products used should be equal to the following: 1. "Penetrating Sealer 20" 2. "Enviroseal20" 3. "Weatherseal SL20" by Sonneborn Building Products by Hydrozo, Inc. by ProSoCo, Inc. B. Surfaces are to be cleaned of all substances which may interfere with the performance of the water repellent. Ensure that surfaces are sufficiently dry in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations prior to application. Do not apply water repellent until sealants for all joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water repellent treatment have been installed and cured. Do not proceed with. application of water repellent during or immediately after inclement weather unless otherwise instructed by manufacturer. Protect all live plants, grass and other adjoining surfaces prior to application. C. Follow manufacturer's instructions and recommendations regarding surface preparation, material quantity, application procedure, testing requirements, handling and storage. safety precautions and cleaning as applicable to the project requirements. D. Comply with all applicable rules of the pollution -control regulatory agency having jurisdiction regarding volatile organic compounds (VOC) and use of hydrocarbon solvents. E. Submit a written warranty from the manufacturer and the applicator for a period of five (5) years covering materials and labor, agreeing to repair or replace materials that fail to provide water repellency within the specified warranty period. END OF SECTION 04200 N7067T11 UNIT MASONRY 97067 04200 - 6 1-5 A- SECTION 05000 - STRUCTURAL & MISCELLANEOUS STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specificatior sec;icr.s, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work tc be performed under this section includes all labor, materials. equipment and services required to furnish and install all structural steel, steel joists, and miscellaneous metal work such as anchors. bearing plates, railing, ladders. ties, bracing and other related accessories. B. Note: Anchor bolts, reinforcing steel and steel mesh are specified under Section 03300- Concrete; placing of loose linte!s and other built-in items are specified under Section 04200 - Masonry. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the provisions of the latest edition of the following except as otherwise indicated: 1. AISC -Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the "Commentary on the AISC Specification". 2. AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". 3. "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A-325 or A-490 Bolts" as approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation (Research Council on Structural Connections) and endorsed by the American Institute of Steel Construction and the Industrial Fasteners Institute. 4. AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code". 5. ASTM A5 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use". B. All welding shall be performed by welders certified for the type of welding being performed. Proof of welder certification shall be made available upon request. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit cooies of Manufacturer's literature, anchor details and installation instructions for products to be used in the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work, including paint products. B. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling: 1. Material Storage: Protect structural steel members and packaged materials from mud, corrosion, and deterioration. STRUCTURAL & MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 97067 05000 - 1 L. L)o not store rnatenals on the structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to the members or the supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 3. All miscellaneous metal items, such as anchors, lintels, sleeves, channel frames, or other items that are to be built into the work, shall be delivered to the job in sufficient time to be incorporated into the construction. Deliver anchor bolts and pipe sleeves to the proper trades for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A-36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel, except where other grades of steel are shown on drawings. Materials shall be new, free of mill scale, rust, weldslag dirt or other foreign matter. B. Structural tubing shall be manufactured under ASTM A-500, Grade B to FY=46KS1. C. High -Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagon structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows: Quenched and tempered medium -carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers, complyingwithASTMA-325, Standard Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints, including suitable Nuts and Plain Hardened Washers, Type 1 Bolt. D. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A-307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners, Grade A, regular lovwcarbon steel bolts and nuts. E. Electrodes for Manual Shielded an Metal -Arch Welding: AWS Code and ASTM A-233, Series E70 as required. F. Electrodes and Flux.for Submerged Arc Welding: AWS Code Series E70 as required. G. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A-53 Pipe Grade "A", black finish standard weight (Schedule 40). H. Metal Primer: Steel Fabricator's shop standard containingno lead or chromate unless or as noted otherwise on the drawings. MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS: The extent of miscellaneous metal work is shown and detailed on the drawings and includes items fabricated from iron and steel shapes and other metals which are neither part of the structural steel nor of other metal systems in other sections of these Specifications. The following list of items covers, but does not necessarily limit, the work to be included under this section of the Specifications: 1. Standard Steel Pipe Railings 2. Loose Steel Frames, Lintels, Supports, Curb Angles, etc. STRUCTURAL & MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 97067 05000 - 2 r 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifcations and as indicated on the final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where shown. B. Pre -assemble miscellaneous steel items in shop to the greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only asnecessary for shipping and handling limitations. C. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for a delivery sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. D. Provide holes, where shown on the design drawings, required to secure other work to structural steel framing, and for the passage of other work through steel framing members. 2.3 CONNECTIONS A. Shop connections shall be riveted or welded. Field connections shall be bolted or welded. All welding shall be in accordance with latest standards of AISC and the American Welding Society, AWS D1.1. High -Strength Bolted Construction: Install high -strength threaded fasteners in accordance with AISC Research Council on Structural Connections "Specifications for Structural Joints". Bolts tightened to a snug -tight condition shall be typical unless noted on Engineering drawings. Bolt tightening requirements must be identified on shop drawings. a) No bolted connection shall have less than two (2) bolts unless otherwise noted. 2. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used to correct welding work. All welders must be certified. Evidence of welder certification shall be supplied when requested by Goodyear's Authorized Representative. B. Shop Painting: Shop paint structural steel work, except those members or portions of members to beembeddedinconcreteormortar. Paint embedded steel, which is partially exposed, on the exposed portions and the initial 2 inches of embedded areas only. Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean steelwork to be pained. Remove loose rust, mill scale, and spatter, slag or flux deposits. Clean steel in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) SP-3 "Power Tool Cleaning". Painting: Delivery paint to the shop and job in original sealed containers which shall be clearly marked with the Manufacturer's name and the identifying brand name or number. Use the paint as prepared by the Manufacturer without using thinning or other admixture. Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer paint in accordancewiththeManufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thicknes of 2.0 mils. Use painting method which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and all exposed surfaces. STRUCTURAL & MISCELLANEOUS 05000 - 3 STEEL 97067 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL STEEL ERECTION A. Bearing - Unless noted otherwise, all loose lintels spanning less than 8'-0" shall be 12" longer than the masonry opening (6" per side). Lintels or beams for masonry openings equallying or exceeding 8'-0" in length shall be 16" longer than the opening (8" per side). B. Set work as shown on the drawings level, square and plumb, at the correct locations, at the proper elevations and in the proper plane, and in correct alignment with other work in accord with AISC tolerances. C. Provide all required temporary and/or permanent bracing. D. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. E. Do not unfairly enlarge holes in members by burning or by the use of drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. F. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors in the structural framing. 3.2 TOUCH UP PAINTING A. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas of the shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting. 3.3 ALTERNATE - STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS A. Steel studs and runners shall conform to ASTM C-645 (latest). Flange edges of studs shall be bent back 90 degrees and doubled over in accordance with. manufacturer's standards. B. Steel furring channels (2-E-shaped) shall conform to ASTM A-525 (latest). C. Hot -dip galvanized steel must be used in damp or wet areas. D. Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion -resistance and holdirg power required to fasten steel framing and furring, etc., to the substrates involved. Each fastener must comply with drywall manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 05000 N7067T12 STRUCTURAL & MISCELLANEOUS STEEL 97067 05000 - 4 SECTION 06101 - ROUGH 8, FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services to furnish and install all items of rough and finish carpentry work such as framing, furring, millwork, blocking, etc. as shown on the drawings or herein specified, or both. B. For gypsum wallboard see section 09250. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Framing Lumber: Per "Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber' by The Western Wood Products Association latest edition. B. Plywood: Per "Plywood Construction Guide" and "Plywood Design Specifications" by the American Plywood Association, latest edition. C. All framing lumber and studs shall be "seasoned", reasonably straight grained and free of unsound knots, splits, shakes or other imperfections with a moisture content not to exceed 19%. D. Exterior trim such as soffits, fascias, pilasters, etc. shall be "A" grade vertical grain Redwood. E. Moldings shall be Ponderosa Pine. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber and Blocking: Southern Pine or Douglas Fir, S4S, Grade No. 2. B. Framing Plywood: Grade and type per APA recommended usage as applicable for installation intended, unless shown otherwise. C. Rough Hardware: Provide and install all rough hardware and metal fastenings as shown or otherwise required for proper installation of carpentry. Nails, spikes, screws, bolts, expansion bolts, shields, anchors, and similar items shall be of sizes and type as shown or otherwise required to rigidly secure in place. All nails used on exterior work shall be hot dipped galvanized. ROUGH & FINISH CARPENTRY 97067 06101 - 1 D. Where shown on the drawings, lumber and plywood shall be pressure treated with Wolman CCA preservative and shall bear the trademark, "Wolmanized." 2.2 WOOD TREATMENTS A. Preservative Treatment: "Wclmanized", "Osmose", or "Woodlife". Treat all wood in contact with the ground, concrete, or masonry, and including fascias, screeds, cant strips, eave curbs, blocking, furring strips, and grounds. Apply treatment at the mill by the total immersion method in accordance with the wood preservative manufacturer's specifications. Field coat exposed cut surfaces. B. Fire -retardant Treatment: Provide where shown or otherwise required. Non-com Fire - retardant treated lumber and plywood shall have an Underwriters' Laboratories designated rating of FRS, which means that the material has a fire hazard classification of 25 or less for flame spread, fuel contributed and smoke developed, and will not show any sign of progressive combustion when the 10-minutes fire hazard classification test is continued for an additional 20 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION A. All work to be plumb, level, and secure. Install all work in an systematic manner in strict accordance with referenced standards as approved by Goodyear's Authorized Representative and the requirements of this section. B. Unless otherwise noted, studs shall be spaced at 16" o.c. Install double studs at openings. Install headers with long dimensions vertical. C. All members shall be framed, anchored, tied and braced to develop the strength and rigidity necessary for the purpose for which they are used. D. Wood blocks and grounds for the securing of other work and materials, such as toilet room accessories, hardware items, etc., shall be furnished and placed by the contractor. END OF SECTION 06101 N7067T13 ROUGH & FINISH CARPENTRY 97067 06101 - 2 SECTION 06192 - METAL -PLATE -CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes triangular -pitched roof trusses and truss accessories. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 05000 for rough hardware anchoring trusses to concrete or masonry structures. 2. Section 06101 for roof and floor sheathing of structural -use panels and dimension lumber for supplementary framing and permanent bracing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings detailing location, pitch, span, camber, configuration, and spacing for each type of truss required; species, sizes, and stress grades of lumber to be used; splice details; type, size, material, finish, design values, and orientation and location of metal connector plates; and bearing details. 1. Include truss Shop Drawings signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed wood truss installation similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Fabricators Qualifications: Engage a firm that complies with the following requirements for quality control and is experienced in fabricating metal -plate -connected wood trusses similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance: 1. Fabricator participates in a recognized quality -assurance program that involves inspection by SPIB; Timber Products Inspection, Inc.; Truss Plate Institute (TPI): or other independent inspecting and testing agency acceptable to Goodyear's Authorized Representative and authorities having jurisdiction. METAL -PLATE -CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 97067 06192 - 1 C. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications: 1. ANSI/TPI 1, "National Design Standard for Metal -Plate -Connected Wood Truss Construction." 2. TPI HIB (BWT-76) "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." 3. TPI DSB (BWT-76) "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing ofMetalPlateConnectedWoodTrusses." D. Metal -Plate Connector Manufacturers Qualifications: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and that complies with TPI quaiity-control procedures for manufacture of connector plates published in ANSI/TPI 1. E. Single -Source Responsibility for Connector Plates: Provide metal connector plates from one source and by a single manufacturer. F. Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of AFPA's National Design Specification for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement." G. Single -Source Engineering Responsibility: Provide trusses engineered by metal -plate connector manufacturer to suppor superimposed dead and live loads indicated, with design approved and certified by a qualified professional engineer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and store trusses with care and comply with manufacturers written instructions and TPI recommendations to avoid damage and lateral bending. B. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion, or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and replace trusses that are damaged or defective. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on -site storage and to avoid delaying progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. B. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. METAL -PLATE -CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 97067 06192 - 2 C. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, manufactured to actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 formoisturecontentspecified. to comply with requirements indicated below: 1. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing. D. Grade and Species: Provide dimension lumber of Souther Yellow Pine or Douglas -Fir Larch for truss chord and web members. graded visually or mechanically. and capable ofingallowabledesignvaluesaccordingtoAFPA'ssupportingrequiredloadswithoutexceedNationalDesignSpecificationforWoodConstruction" and its "Supplement." E. Lumber defects such as wane or knots occurring in the connector plate area must notaffectmorethan10percentofrequiredplateareaornumberofeffectiveteethrequiredforeachtrussmember. Connector plate shall be applied to both faces of truss at each joint. and should provide firm even contact between the plate and the wood (maximumtolerance 1/16"). All wood members shall be accurately cut and fabricated so that all members have good bearing and all complete truss units are uniform. Open joint tolerances shall be in accordance with TPI Quality Control Manual QST-86. 1. Design Values: Design value for bending, Fb, of1200 psi (8.3 MPa) and modules of elasticity, E, of 1,600,000 psi (11 000 MPa). 2.2 METAL CONNECTOR PLATES A. Connector plates shall be Hot -Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet, fabricated from structural - quality steel sheet, zinc coated by hot -dip process complying with ASTM A 653 (latest), G50 (ASTM A 653M, Z180) coating designation; Grade 33 (ASTM A-446 (latest))and not less than 0.0359 inch (0,91 mm) thick. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified below for material and manufacture. 1. Where truss members are exposed to weather or to high relative humidities, providefastenerswithahot -dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of stainless steel, Type 304 or 316. B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. C. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. D. Lag Bolts and Screws: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M). E. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. METAL -PLATE -CONNECTED 97067 05192 - 3 WOOD TRUSSES 2.4 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. General: Provide metal framing anchors of structural capacity, type, size, metal, and finish indicated that comply with requirements specified, including the following: 1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research or evaluation reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with building code in effect for this Project. 2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis, and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc -coated steel sheet complying withASTM A 653, G60 (ASTM A 653M, Z180) coating designation; structural, commercial, or lock -forming quality, as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. C. Hangers and Anchors as per Schedule on Sheet 7 of 12. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Do not install wood trusses until supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured. B. Before installing, splice trusses delivered to Project site in more than one piece. C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out -of -plane bending or other causes. D. Install and brace trusses according to recommendations of TPI and as indicated. E. Install trusses plumb, square, and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction. F. Space, adjust, and align trusses at 24 inches o.c. in location before permanently fastening. G. Anchor trusses securely at all bearing points using metal framing anchors. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in metal framing anchor according tomanufacturer's fastening schedules and written instructions. H. Return wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements to fabricator and replace with trusses that do meet requirements. METAL -PLATE -CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 97067 05192 - 4 awe.,. wa+'i:::r:•: _:•:.... .. 1. Do not alter trusses in the field. 3.2 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 06192 N7067T14 0 METAL -PLATE -CONNECTED 06192 - 5 WOOD TRUSSES 97067 T SECTION 07210 - INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK I A. The'work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install insulation as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified. i 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04200 - Masonry Wall Insulation PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Insulation shall be faced Owens/Corning lay -in fiberglass batt or roll insulation or equal. Insulation having an R-Value of 25 shall be used for ceilings/floor assemblies. Insulation havina an R-Value of 19 shall be used in walls. B. Vapor barrier: Foil faced with maximum perm rating of 0.50. Use wire or metal straps to hold insulation in place in applications without a cover material. C. Provide all other tapes, fasteners, etc of a complete installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERALI . A. Install insulation per manufacturer's printed instruction and safety recommendations. 1 B. Keep insulation materials dry during shipping, storage and installation. C. Protect insulation from conduit, light fixtures and other heat sources located in walls and above ceilings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Insulation shall be installed between the equipment platform floor framing members. INSULATION 97067 07210 - 1 B. Install vapor barrier towards the warm side of the assembly. C. Install wire or metal straps to hold insulation in place. D. Insulation shall be installed over all acoustical and drywall ceilings. E. Insulation shall be stopped V-0" before end of truss by an insulation baffle so as to not ' impede ventilation. F. Insulation of a similar type and meeting or exceeding R-Values specified shall be installed in partitions if required by local energy code for Sales room or other heated and air conditioned areas. END OF SECTION 07210 N7067T15 INSULATION 97067 07210 - 2 I SECTION 07241 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) applied over masonry surfaces. B. Related Sections include Division 7 for sealing joints in system with elastomeric joint sealants. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide systems that comply with the following performance requirements: 1. Bond Integrity: Free from bond failure within system components or between system and supporting wall construction, resulting from exposure to fire. wind loads, weather, or other in-service conditions. 2. Weather tightness: Resistant to water penetration from exterior into system and assemblies behind it or through them into interior of building that results in deterioration of thermal -insulating effectiveness or other degradation of system and assemblies behind it, including substrates, supporting wall construction, and interior finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed systems similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original, unopened packages with manufacturer's labels intact and clearly identifying products. B. Store materials inside and under cover; keep them dry and protected from the weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, damaging temperatures, construction traffic, and other causes. 1. Stack insulation board flat and off the ground. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 97067 07241 -1 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install system when ambient outdoor air and substrate temperatures are40 deg F 4.4 deg C) and falling unless temporary protection and heat are provided to maintain ambient temperatures above 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) during installation of wet materials and until they have dried thoroughly and become weather resistant, but for at least 24 hours after installation. 1.7 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate panel installation with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Coordinate installation of EIFS with related Work specified in other Sectionsto ensure that wall assemblies, including sheathing, flashing, trim, joint sealers, windows, and doors, are protected against damage from the erects of weather, age, corrosion, moisture, and other causes. Do not allow water to penetrate behind EIFS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide systems by Dryvit Systems, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. The Dryvit system is an exterior insulation and finish system. The Dryvit system consists of Primus/Adhesive Mixture, Dryvit Insulation Board, Dryvit Hi -Standard II Reinforcing Mesh, Dryvit Base Coat, Dryvit Sandpebble Finish 102 Brite White, and Dryvit Lamina. Similar systems by alternate manufacturers shall be subject to approval of Goodyear's authorized reoresentative. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Products: Provide system manufacturers listed and recommended chemically curing, elastomeric sealant that is compatible with joint fillers, joint substrates, and other related materials and with requirements in Division 7. B. Where expansion joints occur in the substrate system. C. Where building expansion or construction joints occur. D. Where the Dryvit system abuts other materials. 2.4 MIXING A. General: Comply with system manufacturer's requirements for combining and mixing materials. Do not introduce admixtures, water, or other materials except as recommended by system manufacturer. Mix materials in clean containers. Use materials within time period specified by system manufacturer or discard. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 97067 07241 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions. with Installer present, for compliance withrequirementsforinstallationtolerancesandotherconditionsaffectingperformanceof system. Proceed with installation of system only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect contiguous work from moisture deterioration and soiling caused by application of systems. Provide temporary covering and other protection needed to prevent spattering of exterior finish coats on other work. B. Protect system, substrates, and wall construction behind them from inclement weather during installation. Prevent infiltration of moisture behind system and deterioration of substrates. C. Prepare and clean substrates to comply with system manufacturer's written requirements to obtain optimum bond between substrate and adhesive for insulation. 1. ` Apply primer -sealer over substrates where required by system manufacturer for improving adhesion or for protecting substrates from degradation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Adhesively attach insulation to comply with ASTM PS 49, system manufacturer's written requirements, and the following: 1. Press and slide insulation board into place. Apply pressure over the entire surface of the insulation board to accomplish uniform contact, high initial grab, and an overal level surface. 2. Allow adhered insulation to remain undisturbed for period recommended by system manufacturer, but not less than 24 hours. 3. 1 Apply insulation boards over dry substrates in courses with long edges oriented horizontally. Begin first course from a level base line and work upward. 4. Abut boards tightly at joints within and between each course to produce flush, continuously even surfaces without gaps or raised edges between insulation boards. If gaps greater than 1 /16 inch (occur, fill with insulation cut to fit gaps exactly; insert insulation without using adhesive or other material. 5. Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projectingmorethan1132inch (0.8 mm) from surface of insulation and to remove yellowed 6. Iareas due to sun exposure; do not create depressions deeper than 1/16 inch). Cut aesthetic reveals in outside face of insulation with high-speed router and bit configured to produce grooves, rabbets, and other features that comply with profiles and locations indicated. Do not reduce insulation thickness at features to less than 3/4 inch. 7. Interrupt insulation for expansion joints where indicated. B. Apply base coat to exposed surfaces of insulation in minimum thickness specified by system manufacturer. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 97067 07241 - 3 V. Qi I1k41=W Irunv v ..J. ., _v . _. •J r- ..- -- - . installation with mesh continuous at corners and overlapped not less than2-1/2 inches or otherwise treated at joints to comply with ASTM PS 49 and system manufacturer's written requirements. Do not lap reinforcing mesh withinS inches of corners. Completely embed mesh, applying additional base -coat material if necessary, so reinforcing -mesh color and pattern are not visible. 1. Hi -II reinforcing mesh, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Embed strip reinforcing mesh in base coat before applying first layer of reinforcing mesh. D. Apply primer over dry base coat according to system manufacturer's written instruction E. Apply finish coat over dry primer, maintaining a wet edge at all times for uniform appearance, in thickness required by system manufacturer to produce a uniform finish of color and texture as per finish schedule on drawings. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove temporary covering and protection of other work. Promptly remove coating materials from window and door frames and other surfaces outside areas indicated to receive system coatings. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer and system manufacturer, that ensure system is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07241 N7067T16 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 97067 07241 - 4 i SECTION 07311 -ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The work to be performed under this section includes, but is not limited to, providing a complete roof system. This system consists of roofing felts, eave protection material. coping aluminum drip edges, shingles. ridge vents. gutters and downspouts, cement and any other items required by the manufacturer or drawings for a complete waterproof and warranted roofing system. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened bundles or containers with manufacturer's and UL labels intact and legible. B. Handle and store materials at Project site to prevent water damage. staining, or other physical damage. Store roll goods on end. Store materials on raised platforms and protect with coverings at outdoor locations. Do not stack bundles of shingles more than four (4) feet high. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for job -site storage, handling, and protection. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: 1. Proceed with installing asphalt shingles only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed according to manufacturers' recommendations and warranty requirements, and when substrate is completely dry. r 2. Do not install underlayment or shingles on wet surfaces. Do not apply shingles when air temperature is below 40 degrees. 1.5 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. i B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace asphalt shingles that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, deformation or deterioration of asphalt shingles beyond normal weathering. ASPHALT SHINGLES 97067 07311 - 1 1. Warranty Period: Manufadturer's standard but not less than 25 years after date of Substantial Completion. 2. Limited warranty terms and conditions for 25 years on materials. Full applicator labor and material warranty against defects for ten (10) years. 3. Provide owner with all warranties upon completion of the work. 1.6 MATERIALS A. Felt underlayment shall be 30# and shall conform to ASTM D-2178 and Federal Specification HH-F-191 a regarding asphalt -impregnated glass felts (Type IV). B. Nails for fastening shingles - use 11 or 12 ga. barbed shank galvanized or aluminum roofing nails with 3/8" heads. C. Plastic mastic roofer's cement shall conform to ASTM D-4586 and Federal Specification SS-C-153, Type 1, and shall be asbestos -free. Deliver ready -mixed in sealed containers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide asphalt shingles produced by one of the following: 1. Certainteed XT, 225-230 pounds per square, 25 year guarantee. Color: Star White. 2. GAF - Royal Sovereign, 235 pounds per square, 25 year guarantee. Color: Swan White. 3. Georgia Pacific - Tough -Glass Plus, 235 - 240#, 25 year guarantee. Color: Silver White. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ridge Vent: Alcoa Vent -A -Ridge. Color: Silver or White. 2. Waterproof Underlayment: WinterGuard; CertainTeed Corporation. 2.2 ASPHALT SHINGLES A. Square -Tab, Fiberglass Strip Shingles: Mineral -surfaced, self-sealing, 3-tab, fiberglass - based, strip asphalt shingles, complying with ASTM D 3018, Type I, and with the following requirements: 1. Wind Resistance: Passes the wind -resistance -test requirements of ASTM D 3161. 2. Fire -Test -Response Classification: Class A. ASPHALT SHINGLES 97067 07311 -2 f 2.3 METAL TRIM AND FLASHING A. Materials: 1. Gutter: Prefinished Ogee style .064 aluminum gutter 5-1/4" H x 7" W - White. 2. Downspout: Corrugated rectangular 2-2/3" x 4-1/4" aluminum White. Downspout shall be concealed underground for posture damaged into storm sewer or other approved drainage system. 3. Continuous vent aluminum soffit: Alcoa Vent -A -Strip 70. Color: White. 4. Metal Drip Edge: Brake -formed sheet metal with at least a 2-inch (50-mm) roof deck flange and a 1-1 /2-inch (38-mm) fascia flange with a 3/8-inch (9.6-mm) drip at lower edge in copper. a) Material: Aluminum 5. Vent Pipe Flashing: Lead conforming to ASTM B 749, Type L51121, at least 1 /15 inch (1.6 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. Provide lead sleeve sized to slip over and turn down into pipe, soldered to skirt at slope of roof extending at least 4 inches (100 mm) from pipe onto roof. 6. Aluminum Copper Flashings: ASTM B 370, temper H00 or 060,16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm thick), unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Glass -Felt Underlayment: Type IV, 36-inch- (914-mm-) wide, asphalt -impregnated glass felts, complying with ASTM D 2178, B. Ridge Vent: As noted above 2.1-13-1. C. Asphalt Plastic Cement: Nonasbestos fibrated asphalt cement, complying with ASTM D 4586. D. Roll -Roofing Lap Cement: Nonasbestos asphalt lap cement, complying with ASTM D 3019, Type III. E. Nails: Aluminum or hot -dip galvanized steel, 0.120-inch- (3-mm-) diameter barbed shank, sharp -pointed, conventional roofing nails with a minimum 3/8-inch-. (9.5-mm-) diameter head and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch (19 mm) into solid decking or at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) through plywood sheathing. 1. Where nails are in contact with flashing, prevent galvanic action by providing nails. made from the same metal as that of the flashing. ASPHALT SHINGLES 97067 07311 -3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrate for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation tolerances. and other conditions affecting performance of asphalt shingles. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Cover knotholes or other minor voids in substrate with sheet metal flashing secured with noncorrosive roofing nails. B. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining work to ensure proper sequencing. Do not install roofing materials until all vent stacks and other penetrations through roof sheathing have been installed and are securely fastened against movement. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations but not less than those recommended by ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual" or "The NRCA Steep Roofing Manual." B. Felt Underlayment: Apply 1 layer of felt underlayment horizontally over entire surface to receive asphalt shingles, lapping succeeding courses a minimum of 3 inches, end laps a minimum of 6 inches. Fasten felt with sufficient number of roofing nails or noncorrosive staples to hold underlayment in place until asphalt shingle installation. C. Waterproof Underlayment: Apply waterproof underlayment at eaves, 36" wide, parallel to ridge, with 2" lap at all splices. D. Flashing: Install metal flashing and trim as indicated and according to details and recommendations of the "Asphalt Roofing' section of "The NRCA Steep Roofing Manual" and ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual." E. Install asphalt shingles, beginning at roofs lower edge, with a starter strip of roll roofing or inverted asphalt shingles with tabs removed. Fasten asphalt shingles in the desired weather exposure pattern; use number of fasteners per shingle as recommended by manufacturer. Use vertical and horizontal chalk lines to ensure straight coursing. 1. Fasten asphalt shingles to roof sheathing with nails. 2 Cut and fit asphalt shingles at ridges, and edges to provide maximum weather protection. Provide same weather exposure at ridges as specified for roof. Lap asphalt shingles at ridges to shed water away from direction of prevailing wind. 3 Use fasteners at ridges of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing as specified. Provide minimum 4 nails per shingle with minimum 1" spacing maintained from edges. ASPHALT SHINGLES 97067 07311 - 4 i F. Ridge Vents: Install ridge vents according to manufacturers instructions. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Replace any damaged materials installed under this Section with new materials that meet specified requirements. END OF SECTION 07311 N7067T17 N ASPHALT SHINGLES 97067 07311 - 5 I SECTION 07910 - SEALANTS AND FIRE STOPPING 1 PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services to furnish and install all sealant, caulking and fire stopping work as shown on the drawings or herein specified, or both. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire rated sealants and fire stopping shall bear the U.L., F.M., or Wamok Hersheg label for the intended use. B. All work shall be in accord with the best established practice according to the Sealant and Waterproofing Institute "Sealant Guide Book". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER AND MATERIALS A. Interior Sealant: Pecora Corp.: AC-20 or approved equal B. Exterior Sealants One -Part: General Electric Company: Silpruf or approved equal C. Fire Stopping: Penetrations through all fire -rated walls and ceilings, etc., shall be sealed per ASTM E-814. Provide rated, tested products selected to match the intended use as recommended by the following manufacturers: I STI, Dow Corning, or USG Firestop Systems D. Joint backing, where required, shall be closed cell polyethylene in round or square shape. It shall be non -staining, non -absorbent and capable of at least 30% recovery. SEALANTS AND FIRE STOPPING 97067 07910 - 1 E. Provide other related materials, equipment, primers, etc. for a complete and proper installation. Note: All materials used shall be chemically compatible with each other and with adiacent materials. 2.2 FINISH A. Provide color to match adjacent surace, typical. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. All surfaces to receive sealants and fire stopping shall be dry and cleaned and fee ofdust, dirt, oil, grease, moisture, loose mortar, or other foreign matter. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all materials in accord with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Where joints are deeper than 1/2", polyethylene joint backing shall be used and packed into the joint to within 1/2" of the surface. A size shall be selected so as to allow for a minimum of 30% compression of the backing when inserted into the joint. Where joints are 3/4" wide, the backing shall be placed so that the depth of joint to receive sealant does not exceed 1 /4". C. No material shall be applied when the temperature is below 40=F. D. Gun apply sealant through a nozzle opening of such a diameter so that the full bead of sealant is gunned into the joint, filling the joint completely. A superficial or skin bead will not be acceptable. E. Tool all beads immediately after application to insure firm, full contact with the inner faces of the joint. Excess material shall be struck off with a tooling stick or knife. F. The finished bead shall be flush with the surface. G. Seal penetrations through all fire -rated walls and ceilings per ASTM E-814. 3.3 LOCATION OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SEALANT A. Seal all openings as shown on the drawings, and all openings which normally require sealant including but not being limited to the following: 1. Joint at head and jambs between exterior and interior steel door frames and masonry surfaces, both sides. 2. Joint at head, jamb, and sill of aluminum sash at masonry openings at exterior wall surfaces, interior and exterior side. SEALANTS AND FIRE STOPPING 97067 07910 - 2 ie. vscc_.......-...... _.. .. .__. - --- .. ..- -- . 3. Joint around frames at masonry surfaces to the exterior and interior perimeters of metal louver frames. 4. Joint at head, jamb, and sill of entrances, sidelights and transoms sash at masonry openings. 5. Interior and exterior vertical joints where required or indicated such as control joints, in masonry walls. Force joint backing material to within 3/8" of finish surface and force sealant full depth and finish flush with surface. 6. Metal Door Saddles: Spread bed of compound over entire seat of saddle at least 1/2" thick. Set Saddle on same and remove excess material and neatly point joints. 7. Penetrations through fire rated walls and ceilings. 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Clean excess material from adjacent surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 07910 N7067T18 SEALANTS AND FIRE STOPPING 97067 07910 - 3 SECTION 08100 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment to furnish and install all standard or custom hollow metal steel doors, welded frame with integral trim, labeled doors and frames, etc., as shown on the drawings or herein specified, or both. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work to be in accord with current, applicable recommendations and standards of the Steel Door Institute (SDI) and the Door and Hardware Institute. Welding per AWS Standards. Manufacturer and installer shall have not less than five years continuous, successful experience in type of work shown. Fire rated assemblies shall bear the UL label. f 1.4 SUBMITTALS I A. Prior to fabrication, submit a materials list of items to be furnished, manufacturer's literature and specifications, complete shop drawings, templates, and installation instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS Amweld - A Division of American Welding & Manufacturing Co. The Ceco Corporation 1 Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Doors: Provide types and profiles as scheduled. 1. Construction: Fully welded, seamless, 1-3/4" thick. 2. Exterior Door: 18 gage steel ASTM A-366 zinc coated. 3. Interior Door: 20 gage steel ASTM A-366. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 97067 08100 - 1 4. Internal Construction: Manufacturer's standard honeycomb, solid mineral core, or rigid steel reinforcing with sound deadening as approved by Goodyear's Authorized Representative. Fill material shall be fire, vermin, and rot resistant. 5. Hardware Reinforcement: Hinge reinforcing shall be 10 gauge; other reinforcing shall be 14 gauge except for door closer reinforcing which shall be 12 gauge. 6. Louvers: Factory installed, inverted "Y", 20 gage. B. Door Frames: Provide types and profiles as scheduled. 1. Construction shall be either fully welded, seamless with integral trim or knocked down frames having self -aligning tabs and slots for securely locked corners. 2. Exterior Frames. 16 gage steel ASTM A-366 zinc coated. 3. Interior Frames: 18 gage steel ASTM A-366. 4. Jamb Anchors for Masonry: 2" x 10" adjustable stirrup and strap type, 16 gage, 3 per jamb for frames to T-6", 4 per jamb for frames larger than T-6". Galvanized at masonry walls. 5. Jamb Anchors for Stud Partitions: 18 gage, 3 per jamb for frames to T-6", 4 per jamb for frames larger than T-6". 6. Other Frame Elements: Provide rubber bumpers (2 per strike jamb), base anchors, spreader bar, hardware reinforcements, dust cover boxes, etc., for a complete assembly. C. Finish: Shop applied rust inhibitive primer paint. D. Fire Rated Assemblies (where required): Door and Frame shall be considered together as an assembly and bear the UL label. Construction details and hardware applications authorized by the Underwriters Laboratories shall take precedence over project details or specifications. E. Doors and frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped to receive the specified hardware. Coordinate with hardware supplier's approved templates. Location shall conform to the recommendations of the Door and Hardware Institute. F. Doors having glazing shall be prepared to accommodate 1/4" glass. G. Refer to the drawings for doors that are to have 1" clearance between the finished floor and bottom of door. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 97067 08100 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install hollow metal units and accessories in accordance with the final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. B. Placing Frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. C. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware item including door checks in hollow metal work just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames which are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 08100 N7067T19 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 97067 08100 - 3 SECTION 08362 - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections. apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes the furnishing of all labor, material, equipment and services required to complete the installation of sectional overhead doors, door track (electric operators) and related equipment. The quantity, style, dimensions, and glass arrangement of the doors and the type and trajectory of the door track shall be as shown on the drawings and as referenced in the door schedule. 1.3 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer and his agent(s) shall warrant the complete assembly(s) to be free of defects in materials, design and workmanship, under normal conditions in service, and shall replace free of charge, any part which may develop defects during the period of one year following the acceptance of the building by Goodyear. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Arm-R-Lite: Narrow line B. McKee Door Company with full vision sections C. Overhead Door Corporation D. Raynor Manufacturing Company E. Wayne Dalton 2.2 MATERIALS Electra/Steel (20 ga.) Model ST620 420 Series Series SHL Model 400Aluminum Full View A. Overhead doors shall be a combination steel and aluminum door, 20 ga. B. Door Track: Door track shall be 2" x 13 gauge galvanized steel with continuous angle mounting over the full height of vertical track. Horizontal track shall be reinforced to provide rigid stability for doors when in the open position. SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 97067 08362 - 1 C. All doors, tracks, electric operators and related equipment shall strictly conform to the applicable requirements of the most currently published specifications of the manufacturer. D. Doors equipped with electric operators shall have a reinforced top section. E. Electric Door Operator: 1. When shown or indicated on the drawings, trolley type (drawbar) door operators shall be installed with 32-inch track radius on high -lift doors. Vertical lift track is to be used when conditions exist requiring high ceilings. 2. Operators shall have not less than 1/3 HP motor. The drive and reduction shall be as recommended by the door manufacturer for smooth efficient operation of the type and size door on which they are used. 3. Each operator shall have a three position control: OPEN, CLOSE, and STOP. The contractor shall furnish 24 volt push button control switches, as required. The geieral contractor shall be responsible for having all door controls properly installed. Provide a safety edge to reverse door action on contact with an obstruction. The safety edge shall extend across the entire width of the door. F. Where shown or noted on the drawings, doors shall be equipped with one (1) 3" die cast aluminum muffler exhaust ports with hinged inside covers. For each port, furnish a 2-1/2" diameter x 6-0" Neoprene hose and tailpipe adaptor. This assembly shall be equal to Model #H 2506 A as manufactured by Harvey Industries, Akron, Ohio (216) 633-0122. G. Provide clear 1/8" D.S.B. glass (double strength, B-grade). 2.2 FINISHES A. Steel doors shall have a baked enamel finish. Aluminum doors and panels shall be clear anodized finish same as color of aluminum store front metal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all doors and operators in accordance with manufacturer's data and instructions, and as specified herein. B. Install doors after building wall and floor construction is completed. C. When applicable sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of primer coat and apply touch-up of compatible primer immediately after erection of door. D. Locking: The contractor shall drill a 5/8" diameter hole in one vertical tack section of each door for a padlock. Hole to be located 1" above the third roller from bottom of door. SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 97067 08362 - 2 3.2 FINAL ADJUSTMENTS A. Check and readjust all operating hardware just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace all defective work or parts. Final inspection subject to approval by the Goodyear's Authorized Representative. END OF SECTION 08362 N7067T20 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 97067 08362 - 3 SECTION 08410 -ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be preformed under this section includes all labor, material, equipment and services required to furnish and install aluminum entrance doors, frames, sash setting, division bars and related items as detailed on the drawings or specified herein. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. When tested in accordance with ASTM E-283, air infiltration shall not exceed .06 CFM per square foot (.0003 M3/S-M2) of fixed area. B. When tested in accordance with ASTM E-331, no water penetration at a test pressure of 10.0 P.S.F. (478 PA). C. Structural performance shall be based on: 1. Maximum deflection of 1/175 of the span. 2. Allowable stress with a safety factor of 1.65. The systems shall perform to these criteria under a wind load of 20 psf. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Arch Amarlite - FG400EZ Framing with Model 73 door. B. Kawneer - Tri-Fab II 400 Framing with 350 door. C. Vistawall - FG 1000 Framing with 375 door. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum entrances and store front materials of extruded 6063-T5 aluminum alloy with clear anodized finish. Door frame to have integral weather stripping. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS 97067 08410 - 1 B. Fasteners: 1. Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive metal fasteners guaranteed by the manufacturer to be compatible with the doors, frames, stops, panels. hardware. anchors and other items being fastened. For exposed fasteners (if any). provide Phillips flathead screws with finish matching the item fastened. 2. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for the assembly of units and unavoidable for the application of hardware. Provide only concealed screws in glazing stops. C. Steel reinforcement and brackets: Manufacturer's standard formed or fabricated steel units of shapes, plates or bars; with 2.0 oz. hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A- 123, applied after fabrication. D. Expansion Anchor Devices: Lead -shield or toothed -steel, drilled -in, expansion bolt anchors. E. Bituminous Coatings: Cold -applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 30-mil thickness per coat. F. Door Hardware (furnished with the door): 1. Pull handles. 2. Push bars. 3. Maximum security lock (less cylinders); cylinders are specified under Hardware Specification. Hardware Set No. 1.. 4. Non-ferrous ball bearing hinges with non -removable pins, 3 per door. 5. Zero #564A aluminum threshold. 6. Heavy duty door closer. 7. Sweepstrip. G. Other Materials: All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper watertight installation of the work of this section shall be as selected by the contractor, subject to the approval by Goodyear's Authorized Representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Components shall be installed per the manufacturers instructions. Units shall be complete. Factory assembled units shall be set level, plumb, square, and at the proper elevation and alignment. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS 97067 08410 - 2 11M/V,Abi Y ilWfih.v.'L Y1u.+::.. •.. B. Field verify all dimensions prior to fabrication. C. Set units plumb, level and true to line. D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible, dissimilar metal surfaces to prevent electrolytic action. E. Set sill and other members in a bed of compound to provide weathertight construction. F. Seal all joints between metal and masonry watertight with sealant. Neatly point all joints and remove excess. G. Clean all glass and metal upon acceptance of installation. END OF SECTION 08410 N7067T21 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS 97067 08410 - 3 SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install all finish hardware items shown on the drawings and schedules and hereinafter specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work and materials to be in accordance with current, applicable recommendations and standards of The Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association (BHMA), Door "and Hardware Institute (DHI) and the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants ASAHC). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. This specification is intended to cover all items of hardware necessary for a complete working installation. It shall be the supplier's responsibility to determine the exact quantities of each item that is required. B. Unless noted otherwise in the Hardware Schedule, finish hardware shall be manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware or Stanley Hardware. C. Hardware of similar style and comparable quality by any of the following manufacturer's may be proposed as substitutions for the items specified: Hager & Sons Hinge. Manufacturing Company Henry Soss and Company Sargent and Company Yale, Division of Eaton & Company Norton, Division of Eaton & Company Schlage Lock Company D. Requests for approval of substitute items shall be accompanied by adetailed hardware list and manufacturer's literature showing the items proposed to be used in lieu of those specified. Hardware that is substituted without the approval of Goodyear or its Representative will be subject to rejection. FINISH HARDWARE 97067 08710 - 1 E. Sweepstrips shown on the Hardware Schedule shall be as manufactured by Zero International, Model #39A or equal. Sweepstrips shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. F. No master keys are required. All locks shall be keyed alike. G. All hardware shall have the required screws, bolts and fastenings necessary for proper installation, wrapped in paper in same package as the hardware. Each package shall be legibly labeled, indicating the portion of the work for which it is intended. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install all work in a systematic manner in strict accordance with manufacturers installation instructions as approved by Goodyear's Authorized Representative and the requirements of this section. B. Adjust: Prior to completion of building, examine all doors and other movable parts: clean, adjust as require and leave in proper working order. PART 4 -HARDWARE 4.1 GENERAL The following shall be used in conjunction with the hardware set numbers noted on the drawings. Hardware materials and installation shall comply with requirements of The Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines in all respects. Product numbers listed are Corbin Russwin (CR) or Stanley (ST) unless otherwise noted. A. Set No. #1 - Storefront Entrance (ADA compliant) 1 Pair Cylinders 1000-118-A02-6-L4x626 (CR) 1 Sweepstrip Additional hardware items listed under Section 08410-Aluminum Entrances and Store Front Systems will be furnished by the door vendor). B. Set #2 - Exterior to Service Department (ADA) 1-1/2 Pair Butts 1 Lockset 1 Closer 1 Kickplate 1 Threshold 1 Sweepstrip FINISH HARDWARE FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS-NRP (ST) CL3661 NSD 630 (CR) DC2414 500 M54 (CR) 8"h x 32"w ANSI/BHMA 626 564A (Zero International) 97067 08710-2 C Set #3 - Service to Storage (ADA A E F 1-1/2 Pair Butts FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS (ST) 1 Lockset CL3661 NSD 630 (CR) 1 Door Holder 458 x 652 (ST) 1 Floor Stop C080-4110x626 (ST) 1 Kickplate 8"h x 34"w ANSI/BHMA 625 Set #4 - Sales to Service (ADA 1-1/2 Pair Butts FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS (ST) 1 Lockset CL3661 NSD 630 (CR) 1 Closer DC2414 500 M54 (CR) 1 Kickplate 8"h x 34"w ANSI/BHMA 626 Set #5 - Toilet Rooms (ADA 1-1/2 Pair Butts FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS (ST) 1 Lockset CL3620 NSD 630 (CR) 1 Wallstop CD 80-4010x605 (ST-brite brass only) 1 Closer DC2412 600 M54 (CR) Set #6 - Sales to Office (ADA) 1-1/2 Pair Butts FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS (ST) 1 Lockset CL3461 NSD 630 (CR) Extra Heavy Duty 1 Wallstop CD 80-4010x605 (ST-brite brass only) G. Set #7 - Service to Security (ADA) 1-1/2 Pair Butts FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS (ST) 1 Lockset CL3657 NSD 630 (CR) 1 Floor Stop CD 80-4110x605 (ST-brite brass only) H. Set #8 - Exterior to Storage (non-ADA) 1-1/2 Pair Butts FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS-NRP (ST) 1 Lockset CK4457 GWC 630 (CR-keyed 1 side) 1 Deadlock DL2012 626 (CR-keyed both sides) 1 Threshold 564A (Zero International) 1 Closer DC2414 600 M54 (CR) 1 Sweepstrip J. Set #9 - Master -keyed padlock Corbin Russwin PD5000 M44 (with 9" chain). One lock for each overhead door plus roof hatch. FINISH HARDWARE 97067 08710 - 3 K. Set #10 - Employees Room (non-ADA) 1-1/2 Pair Butts FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS (ST) 1 Pushplate 4"w x 16"h ANSI/BHMA Finish 626 1 Pull Handle 4"w x 16"h ANSI/BHMA Finish 626 1 Floor Stop CD 80-4110x605 (ST-brite brass only) 1 Closer DC2413 600 M54 (CR) 1 Kick Plate 8"w x 34"h ANSI/BHMA Finish 626 L. Set #11 — Service to Storage (ADA) Pair of Doors 3 Pair Butts 1 Lockset 2 Door Holder 2 Floor Stop 2 Kick Plate 1 Pair Slide Bolts END OF SECTION 08710 N7067T22 FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 652 x AMS (ST) CL3661 NSD 630 (CR) (On Active Leaf) 458 x 652 (ST) CD80-4110x626 (ST) 8"h x 34"w ANSI/BHMA 626 On Top and Bottom at Inactive Leaf FINISH HARDWARE 97067 08710 - 4 SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services required to furnish and install all glass, glazing and related materials shown on the drawings or specified herein. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Industry Standards: All work is to be of the first quality in strict accordance with applicable standards and recommendations of the following: 1. Consumer Public Safety Commission (CPSC): 16CFR 1201 2. Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) "Glazing Manual" and "Glazing Sealing Systems Manual" 3. Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (SIGMA) B. Labels: Maintain manufacturer's label on glass showing type, thickness and quality of each unit until inspected and approved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Glass of the size, type and thickness designated on the drawings shall be as manufactured by Pittsburg Plate Glass Company, Libby -Owens -Ford or Guardian Industries, Inc. and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Glass shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification DD-G- 451 d, ASTM C-1036 and ASTM C-1048. B. All float glass designated on the drawings shall be glazing quality 114" clear float glass unless noted otherwise. Where required by local building code or other goveming authority, tempered safety glass shall be used. C. Wire glass shall be 1/4" clear "Polished Misco" as manufactured by Combustion Engineering, Inc. Wire glass shall be used in all interior glazing situations, including doors. D. Solar glass shall be used for all building elevations at Sales Room only as shown on drawings. Solar glass shall be equal to one of the following: GLASS AND GLAZING 97067 08800 - 1 1. Libbey Owens Ford - 114" monolithic float glass, gray noncoated 46. 2. Guardian Industries - 1/4" monolithic float glass, gray noncoated 46. 3. Ford Glass - 1/4" monolithic float glass, gray noncoated 46. E. Clear window glass shall be double strength "B" quality and shall be used for all glazing not otherwise specified. F. Provide glazing compounds, sealants. tapes, mountings, gasketing, etc.:as approved by manufacturer. The chemistry of all such items shall be fully compatible with adjacent materials and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All glass shall be installed in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual and shall have clean edge cuts and no nipped or seamed edges. All openings shall be plumb and square. Edge to frame clearance shall be 1/4"; face clearance 1/8". All plate glass shall be set on resilient settng blocks located at quarter points. B. All glass shall be bedded, back puttied, clipped into place and, except where glazing beads are required, face puttied. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any broken, chipped or otherwise damaged glass until the building is accepted by Goodyear. D. Remove all labels and clean glass as part of the final cleaning process. END OF SECTION 08800 N7067T23 GLASS AND GLAZING 97067 08800 - 2 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services required to furnish and install gypsum board and metal framing and related items as shown on the drawings or herein specified, or both. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish and install materials in accordance with Gypsum Association Standards. ASTM C840 and C955, and National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) MUSFA Lightweight Steel Framing Manual (latest). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Materials specified are based on products of United States Gypsum Co. Provide metal framing based on Dietrich Industries Inc. or Unimast, Inc. Subject to requirements of this specification, products of other manufacturers shall be acceptable by Goodyear's Authorized Representative. B. Gypsum Wallboard: 1. Typical at walls: 4' x 8' x 1 /2" Sheets with tapered edge unless noted otherwise below. 2. Provide moisture -resistant gypsum wallboard, 4' x 8' x 5/8" at damp locations and at the installations. 3. Provide fire rated wallboard: 4' x 8' x 5/8" at fire rated assemblies and ceilings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All walls, ceilings and constructed elements shall be plumb, level and true to plan, without warp or distortion. B. Extend walls tight and secure to structural elements. Allow for wood truss deflection. Do not attach walls to non-structural materials, i.e., surface trim, acoustic tile. etc. GYPSUM WALLBOARD 97067 09250 - 1 3.2 C. Provide solid blocking securely attached to studs at location of all fixtures and equipment to be mounted to wall. D. Construct special walls and ceiling, including those requiring fire rating or acoustical rating, as a complete assembly with approved elements constructed in strict accordance with UL standards. INSTALLATIONS A. Secure studs and wood framing. B. Secure wallboard to studs and wood framing using Annular Ring 12-1/2 gauge drywall nails, 1-1/4" long, or drywall screw gun fasteners, spaced at 8" o.c. C. At double layered ceiling applications apply base layer perpendicular to direction of wood trusses fastened at 24" OC. Face layer shall be parallel to direction of wood trusses fastened at 7" OC. D. Finish out wallboard joints, edges and surfaces with joint compound, reinforcing tape, comer beads, etc., to provide a neat, trim appearance ready to receive finish (paint, tile, etc.). Correct any deficiencies in joints, edges or surfaces that are not satisfactory. E. Where required by code, gypsum board walls in men's, women's and employees' rest rooms shall be covered with 1/4" paneling similar to "FRP" panel as manufactured by Marlite, applied with adhesive per manufacturers recommendations. Color to match paint color. END OF SECTION 09250 N7067T24 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 97067 09250 - 2 SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC FLOOR TILE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Ceramic Floor Tile and waterproof membrane for thin -set the installation, and cementitious backer units. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engage an experienced installer who has completed tile installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of floor tile from one source with resources to provide products from the same production run for each contiguous aea of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. C. Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter, and other causes. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is completed and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Ceramic Floor Tile shall be equal to American Olean's "ultra Pavers HT -Textures 1,000" 8x8x5/16" with textured surface. Tile color: #U257 Flint. Grout color: Raven. CERAMIC FLOOR TILE 97067 09310 - 1 B. Trim Wall Base shall be equal to American Olean's "Bullnose" trim 3.5/8"H x 7-5/8"w x 1/2". C. Transition trim shall be installed at all areas where the ends at doorways of other traffic areas. 2.2 SETTING MATERIALS A. Setting materials shall be as recommended by the tile manufacturer. 2.3 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Grouting materials shall be as recommended by the tile manufacturer in color as specified above. 2.4 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements of Division 7. B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds as specified in section 03300. B. Metal Edge Strips: White -zinc -alloy terrazzo strips, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) wide at top edge with integral provision for anchorage to mortar bed or substrate, unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. CERAMIC FLOOR TILE 97067 09310 - 2 Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free from oil, waxy films. ad curing compounds; and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSIA108 series of the installation standards for installations indicated. 2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. 3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust latter in consultation with Goodyear's Authorized Representative. 4. Surface variations shall not exceed 1 /8" in 8 feet for walls, or 1 /8" in 10 feet for floors. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone and are incompatible with tile -setting materials by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brush. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. B. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of the without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit the closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. C. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. Lay out the work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. D. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealanffilled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 3.4 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Install the to comply with requirements in the Ceramic Tile Floor Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 series of the installation standards. CERAMIC FLOOR TILE 97067 09310 - 3 B. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING ` A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. B. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped. broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. C. Protection: 1. Cover all tile floors with heavy-duty, nonstaining construction paper, masked in place, as a protection form construction dirt. 2. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. 3. Place large, flat boards in walkways and wheelways for seven days where use of newly tiled floors is unavoidable. END OF SECTION 09310 N7067T25 CERAMIC FLOOR TILE 97067 09310 - 4 SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, material, equipment, and services required to furnish and install metal suspension systems, acoustic ceiling tile and related materials shown on the drawings or hereinafter specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work to be per current applicable standards of the Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Metal ceiling suspension system shall be a type "Prelude" 15/16" exposed tee grid system as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries, or an approved substitute. Components shall be formed from cold -rolled steel, electrogalvanized coated and pre -painted. Exposed finish shall be low sheen satin white. B. The suspension system shall meet the structural performance requirements of ASTM C- 635 (latest) for intermediate duty systems. C. The ceiling pattern shall be installed in a 2' x 2' grid module as shown on the drawings and shall, in general, consist of main runners installed on 48" centers and suspended by not less than #12 gauge galvanized steel wire spaced at 48" on centers along the main runners. Cross tees nominally 48" in length shall be spaced at 24" centers along the main runners and 24" cross tees installed at the midpoints of the 48" tees. 2.2 ACOUSTIC MATERIALS A. The acoustical material shall be as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries. All materials shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-118a, Class 25. The material shall also carry Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. label and have a Class 25 flame spread rating when tested under ASTM E-84 (latest). All material shall have a factory - applied washable white vinyl latex paint finish. B. Lay -in panels shall be 24" x 24" x 5/8" for installation in exposed grid systems. Install with hold-down clips. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING 97067 09510 - 1 t_1- Lay -in panels snau oe one u, Laic 1 vnuwu iy U= JIV1 w uy ni 1 . wu 1y . V W& Armatuff #887 Beveled Tegular Tundra #303 Beveled Tegular Design Minatone #737 Angled Tegular Minatone Cortega #704 Angled Tegular Minatone Fissured #705 Angled Tegular. D. Provide one (1) additional carton of whole panels for Owner's maintenance stock. 2.3 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide all other manufacturer approved trim, fasteners, etc., for a neat and secure installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All material shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C-636 (latest) and manufacturers printed instructions. B. The acoustical contractor shall examine all surfaces and conditions that might affect the proper installation of his work and shall not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Cooperate with other trades to assure proper coordination of the work with the installation of lighting fixtures, ceiling diffusers, and other ceiling fixtures. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install ceiling system in true and level plane without exceeding a deflection of 1/360th of its span. B. The areas that receive ceilings shall be carefully laid out to the pattern shown on the drawings. Border tiles shall be symmetrical. C. Secure suspension system to structure above. Do not secure to ductwork, electrical conduit, heating lines, plumbing lines, etc. Provide trapeze type hangers where required to avoid these items. D. The areas that receive ceilings shall be carefully laid out to the pattern shown on the drawings. Border tiles shall be symmetrical. E. Prefinished metal wall moldings of a channel or angle shape with a 1" exposed face shall be installed at the intersection of ceilings with all vertical surfaces. Moldings shall be preformed where they intersect at outside corners. F. Cut in tegular edge to match factory finished edge where panels are cut (i.e. at border panels). END OF SECTION 09510 N7067T26 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING 97067 09510 - 2 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, material, equipment and services required to furnish and install all exterior and interior painting together with all related work shown on the drawings, included in the painting schedule and specified herein. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be in accord with current, applicable recommendations and standards of the National Paint and Coatings Association. Follow all government, OSHA and EPA regulations regarding use of paint materials, particularly with regard to the limitations of disposal of materials and handling of volatiles. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Only "First Line" quality materials of the manufacturer, type. and number of coats, thickness of material and color, listed in the painting and color schedule shall be used. B. Requests for substitutions or variations in the materials specified shall be made in writing to Goodyear or its Representative. Such requests shall be accompanied by manufacturer's detailed literature and color chips for the material which the contractor proposes to substitute. No work shall be commenced with substitute materials unless written approval has been received from Goodyear or its Representative. C. All paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; finish coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with surface to be coated; all tools and equipment shall be compatible with the coating to be applied. D. Paint containing lead or chromate will not be permitted. E. Provide 5% extra of each color, type and gloss of paint used for the Owner's maintenance stock. Paint shall be in marked containers with containers at least 75% full. PAINTING 97067 09900 - 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. The painting contractor shall be wholly responsible for the quality of his work and shall not commence any part of it until the sur,"ace is in proper condition. B. All surfaces shall be clean, free of all dirt, grime, etc., and prepared per manufacturer's recommendations. C. If the painting contractor has been instructed by the general contractor to begin painting under conditions and circumstances he believes could result in poor performance and early failure of the coatings, he shall refer the problem to Goodyear or its Representative for a written decision. D. The prime coat shall be applied soon after surface preparation has been completed, to prevent contamination of the substrate. 3.2 APPLICATION A. All painting materials shall be stored in a secure place set aside for the exclusive use of the painting contractor. He will be responsible for its maintenance and shall keep it free from fire hazards relating to improperly stored rags or thinners. B. See drawings for location and types of paints to be used. Unless shown otherwise, donot paint prefinished items, operating parts, and labels intended to be permanent. C. All material shall be applied free of runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks. shiners or brush marks. Where coverage is not adequate to eliminate "shadow" of substrate beneath, provide additional coats at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Materials shall be applied uniformly. If any thinning is required, it shall be done in accordance with manufacturer's label directions. All code restrictions and limitations must be satisfied. E. Do not apply the initial coat on new plaster or masonry until the surfaces have dried sufficiently to safely accept paint. A reliable electronic moisture meter shall be used to make this determination. F. A minimum temperature of 65°F shall be maintained in areas to be painted. Adequate ventilation shall be maintained to control excessive humidity. G. The general contractor is solely responsible for maintaining suitable lighting, temperature and ventilation. H. Before commencing work in any area, all other trades shall have completed their work, the area shall be free of dirt and debris and the floors broom clean. Enamel undercoats shall be sanded prior to recoating. Tops and bottoms of all doors shall be painted same as the faces. PAINTING 97067 09900 - 2 3.3 INSPECTION A. Any work not meeting these specifications or not meeting the approval of Goodyear or its Representative shall be removed or corrected and/or repainted to the satisfaction of Goodyear or its Representative. 3.4 REMOVAL A. Remove all surplus painting materials, scaffolds, paint rags, cans, solvents and trash related to this work. Dispose of removed materials in an approved manner in accordance with all government and EPA guidelines. Remove paint spatters from glass and other finished surfaces and leave the area in a broom clean condition. END OF SECTION 09900 N7067T27 PAINTING 97067 09900 - 3 SECTION 10000 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTY ITEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, material, equipment and services required to furnish and install various specialty items as scheduled on the drawings. Such items include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Toilet partition systems 2. Toilet room accessories 3. Fire extinguishers and related mounting devices 4. Signage 5. Tire Storage Racks 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be of the first quality in accord with accepted industry standards and practices. Installers shall be skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B. Comply with applicable Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines and local accessibility codes. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Toilet Partitions 1. Toilet partitions shall be floor supported and overhead braced partitions furnished complete with hardware and coat hooks. 2. Urinal screens shall be wall hung. 3. Partitions and screens shall be as manufactured by the following or an approved substitute: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. - Duraline Series Color #825 Doeskin Tan. 4. The contractor shall provide solid wood backing, as required, for the rigid attachment of toilet partitions and screens when installed against walls composed of wood stud and Gypsum board. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTY ITEMS 97067 10000 - 1 B. Toilet Rcom Accessories 1. Accessories such as mirrors. grab bars. paper holders and towel dispensers of the type. size and quantity shown on the drawings or hereinafter specified, shall be furnished and installed as required by The Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. Verify availability of products with manufacturer. A. Mirrors: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Catalog #B-166 1836. Install one mirror at each lavatory or service sink. Mount at 40" from floor. B. Toilet Paper Dispensers. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Catalog #B-264 surface -mounted). Install one at each water closet. C. Paper Towel Dispenser: Bobrick Washroom. Equipment, Inc. Catalog #B-252. Install one at each lavatory. D. Grab Bars: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Catalog #13-6106x36 and B- 6106x42. 2. The contractor shall furnish solid wood backing as required for rigid attachment of these accessories. 3. See diagram at the end of Section 15B for locations and mounting heights for all toilet room accessories. C. Use of products by other manufacturer's must be approved in writing by Goodyear or its Representative prior to ordering. Requests for approval shall be accompanied by manufacturer's data adequate enough to demonstrate that proposed products meet or exceed quality of items specified. Items installed without this prior approval are subject to rejection. D. Provide all other materials, fasteners, etc. not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the work of this section. All other materials as selected by the Contractor shall be subject to the approval of the Goodyear's Authorized Representative. E. Fire Extinguishers: Provide number, type and size of fire extinguishers as required by the local fire marshal. Include hanging devices. F. Signage 1. Provide three (3) room designation signs of the following type and at the following locations: a. "EMPLOYEES" - located at the employees' rest room b. "MEN" - located at the men's rest room c. "WOMEN" - located at the women's rest room. Each of these signs shall meet the requirements of The Americans With Disabilities Act. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTY ITEMS 97067 10000 - 2 2. The signs shall be made of 1/8" plastic sheet stock. The color of the signs shall be white copy on a black background. Provide an eggshell, matte or other nonglare finish. 3. Characters on signs shall have width -to -height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke -width -to -height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10. The height of these characters shall be 7/8". Characters shall be raised 1/32" and be accompanied by a Grade II braille description. Pictograms (symbol of accessibility), 6" minimum in height, shall accompany the "MEN" and "WOMEN" signs. 4. DO NOT MOUNT SIGNS ON DOORS. See drawings for signage location and mounting requirements. 5. Provide a sign, to be mounted on the frame above all required exit doors, stating, THIS DOOR IS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING -BUSINESS HOURS." This sign shall consist of 1" white letters on a nonglare black background and be made of 1/8" plastic sheet stock. G. Identifying Devices (Advertising) Exterior sign(s) will. be furnished and installed by others. The electrical contractor shall provide electrical service to the sign locations indicated on the drawings (see Section 16000). H. Tire Storage Racks Will be furnished and installed by Goodyear. The general contractor shall accept delivery of materials, unload and store in a secure area until time of installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Install all work in a systematic manner in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions as approved by Goodyear's Authorized Representative and the requirements of this section. C. Secure all items through finish surfaces to solid blocking braced to studs. Do not secure items to gypsum wallboard alone. END OF SECTION 10000 N7067T28 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTY ITEMS 97067 10000 - 3 SECTION 11140 - AUTOMOBILE EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section is related to certain items of equipment that will be purchased and shipped to the job site by Goodyear including, but not limited to, wheel alignment equipment, tire spreaders, tire changers, wheel balancers, air compressors, air hose reels and trouble lights. B. The general contractor shall accept delivery of the above equipment, unload, store in a secure area of the building, and protect against damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Air ComDressor(s) 1. Air compressor(s) will be furnished by The Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company. The air compressor(s) shall be installed in the locations shown on the drawings. The compressor(s) shall be set on vibration dampers and bolted to the floor slab. Lag bolts shall be tightened per manufacturer's recommendations. Do not compress vibration isolators with over tightening. 2. The contractor shall furnish all piping, fittings and valves and complete all plumbing and electrical connections shown on the drawings, specified under Divisions 15 and 16, or required by the manufacturer's installation drawings. 3. When two air compressors are shown on the drawings, they shall be connected in such a manner as to a. Operate simultaneously when required to satisfy high air demand periods such as during initial start-up or peak air demand periods b. Switch back one compressor when the demand for air is normal. 4. The contractor shall fill the crankcase of each compressor with oil of the type recommended by the manufacturer and perform all start-up. operating, and testing procedures required by the manufacturer's printed installation instructions. 5. The contractor shall leave this equipment in perfect operating condition. AUTOMOBILE EQUIPMENT 97067 11140 - 1 PART 3 - LESSEE SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT A. Installation of miscellaneous lessee -supplied equipment, such as air hose reels, shall be installed as directed by Goodyear or in the drawings and specifications. B. Wheel alignment equipment will be furnished and installed by others. The general contractor shall furnish and install all compressed air piping and electrical connections as shown on the drawings and specified under Sections 15400 and 16000. END OF SECTION 11140 N7067T29 AUTOMOBILE EQUIPMENT 97067 11140 - 2 SECTION 11141 - SERVICE FLUID DISPENSING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, material, equipment and services necessary to furnish and install service fluid dispensing systems as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be of the first quality in accord with accepted industry standards and practices. Installers shall be skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B. All installation and operation of the service fluid dispensing systems shall be in accord with EPA and local governing regulations. C. All materials and fittings, etc., shall be compatible with the type of fluid dispensed. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to making any submittals, the dispensing system contractor shall meet with the Owner's representative and the store manager to review the components, layout and sizing of the service fluid dispensing systems. The contractor shall then draw up a layout plan with a complete schedule of materials and catalog cuts. This shall be submitted to the Owner's representative and the store manager for review and approval. No items shall be purchased or installed until approval has been given by Goodyear. 1.05 GUARANTEES A. All products shall be guaranteed, free of defects, by the manufacturer in materials and workmanship for a period of not less than one (1) year. B. All service fluid pumps shall be guaranteed, free of defects, by the manufacturer for a period of not less than three (3) years. C. The installing contractor shall guarantee all of the service fluid dispensing systems, free of defects, for a period of not less than five (5) years. SERVICE FLUID DISPENSING SYSTEMS 97067 11141 - 1 D. The contractor shall promptly replace defective parts or correct defective installations that occur within the above guarantee periods at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ARO Corporation - Bryan, Ohio; Telephone - (800) 276-4658 B. Grover Manufacturing Corporation - Montebello, California; Telephone - (323) 724- 3444 C. Graco Equipment - Supplier - Johnson Industries; Telephone - (612) 623-6000 D. Other as approved by Goodyear. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Service fluid dispensing systems shall be provided for the following items: 1) Motor Oil; 2) Other items, if requested by Goodyear, including: Transmission Fluid; Chassis Grease; and Antifreeze Concentrate (with water). B. Each system shall include the following: 1) Standard Size Storage Tank; 2) Air Pumps at Each Tank; 3) Piping for Fluid: a) Motor Oil and Transmission Fluid - %" I.D. Black Iron Pipe, Schedule 40 with Extra Heavy Duty Fittings; b) Chassis Grease - 5/8" O.D. Seamless Steel Tube, .083 Wall with Flair Lock Fittings; c) Antifreeze - %" I.D. Galvanized Schedule 40 Pipe; 4) Flexible Hose Connectors between Pump Hard Piping and between Hard Piping & Hosereels; 5) Hose Reels at Each Dispensing Location; 6) Control Handle with Digital Meter; 7) Piping from Air Compressor; and SERVICE FLUID DISPENSING SYSTEMS 97067 11141 - 2 8) Provide all other regulators, guages, fittings, safety devices, couplers, connectors, brackets, fasteners, valves, filters, etc., as required to provide a complete, safe, operational dispensing system. C. All materials and equipment shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the type of fluid to be dispensed. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Install all work in a systematic manner in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions as approved by Goodyear's Authorized Representative and the requirements of this section. C. Secure all piping and mounted items through finish surfaces to solid blocking braced to studs. Do not secure items to gypsum wallboard along. Provide mounting plates for ceiling mounted hose reels. In general, all piping and systems shall be surface mounted and exposed to view. D. When installing steel tubing supply lines, file ends of tubing smooth to assure tight fitting connections. E. Install filters in advance of regulators. F. When installation is complete, but prior to securing the control handles and meters, thoroughly flush the system of all debris and foreign matter. Test each system to standard operating pressure. G. Adjust each item to ensure proper operation of every unit. Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper and safe operation, and maintenance of the dispensing systems. H. Two (2) weeks after installation, recheck the system for leaks and adjust as required. END OF SECTION 11141 97067004 SERVICE FLUID DISPENSING SYSTEMS 97057 11141 - 3 SECTION 12000 - FURNITURE (LESSEE - SUPPLIED) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services to assist in the installation of Owner furnished items. Such items include, but are not limited to the following: Display fixtures, cabinets, furniture, shelving workbenches and miscellaneous small tools used for service work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Basic (Lessee - Supplied) items are indicated on the drawings. B. Provide all other materials required to make utility, electrical, etc. connections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The above furnishings will be shipped to the job site by Goodyear. The general contractor shall accept delivery of the furnishings, unload and store in a secure area and protect against damage. B. Furnishings will be installed by Goodyear. The general contractor shall make all utility and electrical connections as shown on the drawings or as specified. END OF SECTION 12000 N7067T30 FURNITURE LESSEE - SUPPLIED) 97067 12000-1 SECTION 13200 - LIQUID STORAGE TANKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, material, equipment and services required for the installation of an above ground waste oil tank as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified. Waste oil tank to be provided by contractor. 1.3 MATERIALS A. Waste oil tank shall be a double tank (inner -outer) with all pumps. controls, connection fittings, etc., complete and ready for use after anchoring in place and connecting air line and oil suction line. This tank shall be equal to the Waste Oil Storage System as manufactured by JohnDow Industries, Inc., 120 E. Tuscarawas Avenue, Barberton, OH 44203 - Telephone: 1-800-433-0708 or 216-753-6895. Contractor shall mention that tank is for Goodyear in order to obtain the proper Goodyear setup for this item. THERE WILL BE NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED FOR THIS ITEM. B. Vents, valves, controls, piping and fittings shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Contractor shall furnish and install air filter with automatic drain adjacent to operating valve for air pump. This filter shall remove water, oil and solids from the air supply to the pump at the exterior of the building. 1.4 EXECUTION. Tank shall be furnished and installed completely per manufacturer installation instructions and as detailed on drawings. END OF SECTION 13200 N7067T31 LIQUID STORAGE TANK 97067 13200-1 SECTION 14600 - AUTOMOTIVE HOISTS PART - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes the furnishing of all labor, material, equipment and services required for the installation of all automotive hoists, including alignment hoists, hoist assemblies, wheel stops and all related materials such as wrapping tape, pipe, pipe fittings, fastenings and biodegradable oil. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. The standard single and twin post automotive hoists shall be as manufactured by one of the following: 1. Ford Smith - Stoney Creek, Ontario, Canada Single Post Model FS-10BSL Twin Post Model DTO 28 57'/2" Centers) Alignment Lift Model FWA-28 Provide fiberglass coated cylinders and tank with stabilizer racks. 2. Manitowoc Lifts - Manitowoc, Wisconsin Single Post Model A-1AA3 Twin Post Model A-12E3 57'/z' Centers) Alignment Lift Model Al2N3 Provide fiberglass cylinders and tank. B. The general contractor shall furnish and.install the quantit and type of automotive hoists that are indicated on the drawings. C. Hoist controls shall be assembled and installed in accordance with the details shown on the drawings to be supplied with hoists. AUTOMOTIVE HOISTS 97067 14600 - 1 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wrapping tape and primer shall be as follows: Johns -Manville Engard Tape and Engard Primer Protecto Wrap Company #200 Tape and 1170 Primer 3M Company Scotchwrap #50 Tape & Scotchwrap Brand Pipe Primer B. Oil used for filling hoist system shall be biodegradable, non -toxic, antiwear hydraulic oil by Mobil EAL 224H, as manufactured by the Mobil Oil Corporation, or Greenwood Hydraulic Fluid 32/46 as manufactured by the Green Oil Company/Greenoco. Substitutes for these oils must be submitted to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company for review and approval. Contractor shall provide written certification from hoist installer that the specified oil has been used in this installation. C. The contractor will provide one 3"x5" identification plate with proper Mobil oil specifications for each hoist. Contractor shall provide similar specification plate if Greenoco Oil is used. See drawings for locations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The subcontractor for the installation of automotive hoists shall be selected from a list of qualified installers who are approved by the hoist manufacturer. The general contractor shall contact the hoist manufacturer from whom the hoists are purchased for a list of the approved installers in his area. B. This contractor shall prepare, install, test and leave in "operating condition" all automotive hoists shown on the drawings. Details included on the drawings are for estimating purposes only. Complete installation details will be included with the hoists, when shipped. C. Preparation of Hoist Equipment- Prior to installation, all hoist equipment, tanks, piping and fittings, that are to be installed underground shall be prepared as follows: 1. Cleaning - External surfaces of all equipment not factory coated shall be cleaned of grease, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by wire brushing or light sand blasting. The surfaces shall then be cleaned in accordance with primer and tape manufacturer's directions to assure proper adhesion. 2. Underground parts of hoists and tanks not factory coated, piping and fittings shall be primed and wrapped using one of the systems specified under 2.2 above. 3. Piping, fittings, stabilizer bar housings and nonrotator casings shall be "spiral wrapped" using 4" wide tape on diameters over 1-1/2" and 2" wide tape on diameters less than 1-1/2". AUTOMOTIVE HOISTS 97067 14600 - 2 4. Where hoist cylinders and other hoist parts or piping pass through the floor slab, apply a second coat of primer and a second wrapping of tape for the thickness of the floor slab. D. Installation of hoists shall be done in strict accordance with the hoist manufacturer's printed instructions. INSTALLER SHALL PROVIDE LETTER FROM MANUFACTURER CERTIFYING THAT FIBERGLASS WRAPPED HOISTS WERE PROVIDED AND INSTALLATION, PIPE AND ACCESSORY WRAPPING AND BACKFILL WERE ACCOMPLISHED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. E. Caution: Do not allow any part of the underground hoist installation to come into contact with concrete reinforcing steel, electrical conduit, water lines or any other electrical conductor. F. The contractor shall cause all dirt, water or other residue to be blown out of the compressed air piping system immediately prior to final connections to the automotive hoists. G. Test all piping for leaks before backfilling. The contractor shall furnish temporary compressed air, if required, for testing. H. Inspection Notice Goodyear shall have the opportunity to inspect the completed automotive hoist installation and related underground piping and fittings before the contractor may proceed with the backfilling operation. 2. The contractor shall give Goodyear at least seven days' notice of the time that this work will be ready to be inspected. See General Conditions Section, Paragraph 1.24, Item A and B for penalty imposed for failure to comply with this notice. Backfilling When testing and inspections have been completed, the contractor shall backfill all hoist equipment and piping with clean, dry sand. 3.2 Hoist Control Assemblies A. The contractor shall locate and stub up all compressed air piping and hydraulic oil piping at the exact location(s) shown on the drawings for the hoist control assemblies. B. After the floor slab has cured and the building is closed in, the contractor shall complete the installation of the hoist control assemblies and make all compressed air and hydraulic oil piping connections as shown on the drawings. END OF SECTION 14600 97067003 AUTOMOTIVE HOISTS 97067 14600 - 3 SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections. apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor. material, equipment and services required to furnish and install all plumbing work including, but not limited to. hot and cold water piping, waste removal system, storm water drainage, gas piping, compressed air system, toilet fixtures, fittings and other related items shown or scheduled on the drawings or hereinafter specified. 1.3 PERMITS AND FEES A. The contractor shall arrange and pay for all permits, fees, assessments and other charges in connection with this work. 1.4 GUARANTEE A. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY, 1144 EAST MARKET STREET, AKRON, OHIO 44316-0001, A WRIT iEN AND SIGNED GUARANTEE FOR ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL UNDER THIS DIVISION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A: Toilet room fixtures and fittings shall be manufactured by American Standard, Inc. quantities as indicated on drawings). Products of equal quality manufactured by Kohler, Crane or Eljer are acceptable, subject to submission of cut sheets for approval. Provide equal quality fixtures for handicap use as required by The Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. Water closet(s) "Cadet" 2216.143 with white open front seat (no cover), wall supply and angle stop. 2. Lavatory(s), "Regalyn" 4867.024 with 2238.582 Heritage faucet and pop-up drain, 2303.154 wall supplies and stops and adjustable "P" trap. Mount unit with rim at 34" from floor. 3. Urinal(s) "Washbrook" #6501.010, wall hanger, 314" top spud, 2" outlet, 047068- 0070A stainless steel strainer Sloan Royal #186 flush valve. Mount unit with rim at 24" from floor. PLUMBING 97057 15400 - 1 4. Service sink "Akron" #7695.018, wall hanger and rim guard, 7798.176 trap, 4141.085 faucet with soap dish, 8301.061 enameled service sink strainer. Mount unit with rim at 31" from floor (employee rest room). Faucet shall be supplied with vacuum breaker. 5. Eye wash shall be equal to Guardian wall mount unit Cat. No. Al Z751 as distributed by Direct Safety Company, 7815 South 46th Street, Phoenix, AZ 85044. B. Water cooler, unless otherwise shown, shall be wall -hung type Halsey Taylor #WM8-A1, Oasis PLFBM, or HAWS HWCA8HO. Mounting height to meet Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines at 36" above finished floor to spout. C. Water heater shall be an electric glass -lined heater as manufactured by A O Smith, unless noted otherwise on drawings. This water heater shall carry a five-year guarantee. D. Piping 1. Water service from street shall meet local water department requirements, but shall not be less than 1 ", Type K copper. 2. Hot and cold water distribution piping shall be Type L copper. Insulate hot water lines at handicap fixtures and cold water lines above finished ceilings. 3. Soil, waste and vent piping above ground in buildings shall be cast iron galvanized steel pipe. 4. Underground piping outside of building shall be extra heavy vitrified clay pipe. 5. ABS or PVC Schedule 40 plastic piping may be used for any soil, waste or vent piping where not prohibited by code. E. Floor Drains 1. Toilet Rooms Floor Drains: Josam #30003-5A with polished brass strainer. Provide trap primer where required by code. 2. Tire Wash Floor Drain: Josam #32024 with C1 lacquered body. F. Gas piping shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or as required by local gas company. G. Compressed Air Piping: 1. Above floor piping - Schedule 40 steel pipe. 2. Shut off valves - 1/2" Crane Ball valves. 3. Below floor piping - Copper K-heavy duty. 4. Provide dielectric union between steel and copper piping. PLUMBING 97067 15400 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Underground waste piping shall be installed at a uniform slope with a fall of not less than 1/8" per foot. Install piping in evenly graded trench beds so that weight of each length of pipe rests evenly on the sand leveling bed in each trench. Scoop out earth beneath bells to allow even bearing. B. Backfill material shall be placed in 6" to 8" lift and thoroughly compacted with a vibrating plate compactor or other means to obtain maximum density. C. All excavation, trenching, backfill, compaction, etc., related to plumbing work shall be the responsibility of this contractor and accomplished as specified in Section 02110- Site Preparation. D. All piping shall be concealed where possible or required for finished appearance in sales area and toilet rooms. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of all pipe trenches, chases, hangers, sleeves, openings, etc., required for the pla-.,ement and/or concealment of his work. E. Piping shall run either parallel or perpendicular to building. Furnish sleeves where pipe passes through walls. Provide for expansion and contraction. F. Provide unions at not more than 60 foot intervals in pressure lines, in all run -outs, and where required to disconnect any component. G. Provide vaives in every section branch, on every supply run -out, and where required to isolate any component. H. Furnish rod and ring pipe hangers as required to prevent sagging. Contractor shall check and test all systems and start all equipment to insure proper operation of all components. 3.2 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM A. Furnish and install compressed air piping system from air compressor to all ceiling, wall and floor outlets as shown on drawings. System shall include all valves, fittings, etc., not specifically noted. B. Air outlets shall be equipped with a lever -type ball valve. C. System piping shall be arranged so that main lines will slope to drain as indicated. All take -offs from main lines shall be off the top with not less than a 6" vertical leg. D. Air outlets indicated to be installed at the ceiling shall be accompanied by an air hose reel as supplied by Goodyear. PLUMBING 97067 15400 - 3 E. Air compressor(s) will be purchased and shipped to the job site by The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. (See Section 11000). The contractor will be responsible for complete plumbing installation, to include providing flexible metal hose with rigid, nonswivel couplings where shown on compressor connection detail. F. When installation is complete, system shall be tested to withstand a pressure of 250 psi. END OF SECTION 15400 97067002 PLUMBING VY111--h 15400 - 4 SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PART 1-GENERAL 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, material, equipment and services required to furnish and install all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment and/or systems indicated on the drawings and hereinafter specified. 1.3 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. Workmanship, materials, procedures and equipment shall comply in every respect to all local and national codes and regulations. B. In the case of discrepancies among any of the above, the more stringent code shall always be observed. Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required permits, fees and inspections. 1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The substitution of any materials, equipment or systems, in lieu of those shown on the drawings and schedules, or covered in these specifications, will not be permitted except as provided for in the General Conditions under Paragraphs 1.21A through 1.21 F. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR(S) A. The subcontractor for heating, ventilating and air conditioning shall have been engaged in the installation of heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment for a minimum of five years and shall be approved by the manufacturer to install the equipment specified. 1.6 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. General - All products, systems or equipment furnished and installed under this contract shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to be free of defects in workmanship and materials under normal use and service for a one-year period from the date of final inspection and acceptance by Goodyear. B. Sales Room Heatinq and Air Conditioning Unit Warranties The heating and air conditioning unit installed under this contract shall carry the following warranties: 1. Manufacturer's One Year Parts Warranty 2. Manufacturer's Five Year Warranty on Motor -Compressor 3. Manufacturer's Ten Year Warranty on Heat Exchanger. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 97067 15500 - 1 1.7 SERVICE MANUALS AND WRITTEN GUARANTEES THE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE REAL ESTATEE DEPARTMENT, THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY. 1144 EAST MARKET STREET, AKRON. OHIO 44316-0001. A WRITTEN AND SIGNED GUARANTEE FOR ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL UNDER THIS SECTION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. AS WELL AS THREE (3) COMPLETE SERVICE MANUALS, OPERATING MANUALS. AND SPARE PARTS LIST FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A. This contractor shall furnish and install a complete air conditioning system for the sales room area consisting of a heating and air conditioning unit, supply and return air duct work, diffusers, grilles, controls, piping, electrical connections and related work as scheduled and detailed on the drawings or hereinafter specified. 1. The combination heating and air conditioning unit shall be of the type and size shown on the drawings. 2. The unit shall have an electric cooling capacity as shown on the drawings at ARI Standard Rating Conditions unless noted otherwise. The unit shall be suitable for operations on 208/230 volts, 3-phase, 60-Hertz electrical power. 3. The heating section shall be as shown on the drawings to work with the type of fuel available. 4. The heating and air conditioning control system shall include a remote cooling and heating thermostat as shown and specified on the drawings. 5. Safety devices shall include a built-in compressor motor overload protection and refrigerant temperature relief device (pressure relief valve where code requires), safety pilot and pilot line pressure switch. Unit shall be supplied with full refrigerant charge. 6. The contractor shall furnish a fused disconnect switch, properly fused, between the unit and the proper source. 2.2 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. Duct work, unless otherwise noted, shall be galvanized steel. Gauges of material, design of turning vanes, splitters, turns, etc. shall be in accordance with ASHRAE recommended practices. Duct work fabrication shall conform to "Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' Association" Duct Manual. B. Interior duct work shall be light, noiseless and shall be insulated externally with 1-1/2 pounds, 2" thick fiberglass with vapor barrier. C. Flexible air duct used to connect from main air ducts to diffusers shall be Type 200 Insulated "Metalflex" or approved substitute. D. Ceiling air diffusers and return air grilles shall be the type and size noted on the drawings. All diffusers shall have opposed blade dampers. Finish shall be as shown on drawings and as manufactured by Air Guide Corporation, Titus, or approved equal. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 97067 15500 - 2 E. Fire dampers shall be installed in duct work where indicated on the drawings or required by state or local building codes. Fire dampers shall conform to Bulletin 90A of the National Fire Protection Association and "Duct and Sheet Metal Construction for Ventilating- Air Conditioning Systems Manual." 2.3 UNIT AND INFRARED HEATERS A. Fan -type unit heaters shall be installed in locations shown on drawings. Each unit shall have a thermostat with a summer/winter switch and adjustable louvers at front. These unit heaters shall be similar to Type F as manufactured by ITT Reznor. B. Infrared type heaters shall be installed in locations shown on drawings and shall be of a negative pressure type, having a silicone carbide ignition and 100% safety lockout as manufactured by Sun Technology Corporation (Ray-Tec RV Series), Detroit Radiant Products Company (Re-Verber-Ray D R V series), or Roberts Gordon Company EconOVac series). Units shall be complete with vent cap, end caps, stainless steel connector, and hanging chains. Heaters (minimum of 150 MBH) shall be installed per manufacturers recommendations. For information on Ray-Tec equipment, call Mr Mario Rozzi toll free at 1-800-394-7435 or Mr John G Berkhoudt at 1-800-828-7450 for Roberts Gordon. C. Heating units in service department and storage areas shall be designed to maintain a minimum of 68=F at local recommended outside design temperature standards. No heating equipment will be required in these areas unless local design temperatures are below 30=F or as specified on drawings. D. Vent piping shall be approved type "B" double -walled vent piping as manufactured by Metalbestos or Amerivent. Vents shall extend at least 24" above roof and be complete with weatherproof top and bird screens. 2.4 EXHAUST SYSTEMS A. Toilet room exhaust system shall consist of a combination ceiling light and exhaust fan of the size, type and location indicated on the drawings. Installation shall be complete with aluminum duct to the exterior with weatherproof hood. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Piping required for all work under this section shall conform to the specifications for Plumbing - Section 15400. B. System Check - This contractor shall check and test all systems, start all equipment, and balance heating and air conditioning system to insure proper operation of all components. END OF SECTION 15500 N7067T34 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 97067 15500 - 3 SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this section includes all labor, equipment, materials and services required to furnish and install all electrical work shown on the drawings, schedules and/or hereinafter specified. 1.3 CODES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Electrical contractor shall comply with all requirements of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) - NFPA-70 and all applicable state and local codes. B. Electrical contractor shall obtain and pay for all fees, permits and inspections required. C. Electrical contractor shall perform all required testing as directed by the Owner and as required by the national, state and local code requirements. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Electrical contractor shall read carefully the specifications of other related branches of the work so as to be fully informed of the work of other contractors. Coordinate this work with that of other trades to avoid delay of the project. B. All excavation trenching, backfill, compaction, etc. related to electrical work shall be the responsibility of this contractor and accomplished as specified in Section 02110- Site Clearing. 1.4 GUARANTEE A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY, 1144 EAST MARKET STREET, AKRON, OHIO 44316-0001, A WRITTEN AND SIGNED GUARANTEE FOR ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL UNDER THIS SECTION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new and shall conform to all standards and shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Bids shall be estimated with materials specified or as shown on the drawings. ELECTRICAL WORK 97067 16000 - 1 2.2 POWER PANEL BOARDS A. The electrical contractor shall furnish and install main and sub -distribution power panel boards. recessed or surface mounted as shown on plans with circuit breakers of molded case type of adequate interrupting capacity (see detail on drawing). The door index shail be filled out completely including spare circuit numbers. This shall be typed and shall be protected by a plastic envelope or cover. The contractor shall verify the available fault current. When available fault current exceeds the circuit breaker ratings. these panels shall be protected by a disconnect switch with current limiting fuses. B. Circuit breaker power and distribution panel boards shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and shall be as manufactured by Square D Company - HCN. Circuit breakers shall be Square D Series K. 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANEL BOARDS A. The electrical contractor shall furnish and install circuit breaker lighting and appliance panel boards as shown on plans with bolted -on circuit breakers. The door index shall be filled out completely, including spare circuit numbers. This shall be typed and shall be protected by a plastic envelope or cover. Provide ground bus in panels as shown on the drawings. B. Circuit breaker lighting and appliance panel boards shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories as manufactured by Square D Company - NOOD. C. Branch circuit breakers shall be switch duty rated, "SWD". D. Panelbcards shall be manufactured as complete units and not an assembly of parts secured by a supply house. E. Provide a common trip handle for multiple switched breakers. F. Panelboard circuit breakers and bus system shall be capable of interrupting the available short circuit current. Minimum interrupting capacity shall be 10,000 AIC. 2.4 UNIT CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND SAFETY SWITCHES A. The electrical contractor shall furnish and install circuit breakers and safety switches as required and shown on the drawings. Any of the components furnished with a manufacturer's package are to be installed and wired as instructed in the package and in conjunction with all national, state and local codes. B. Circuit breakers shall be as manufactured by Square D Company. Safety switches shall be heavy duty type as manufactured by Square D Company. 2.5 MOTOR CONTROLS A. Motors operating on 208/220 volt, 3 phase shall be installed as shown on plans and wired according to the manufacturer's specifications, or as required, and shall be fed from either the main power or sub -distribution power panel as shown on the drawings. Starter sizes shall be as noted on drawings, indicated on manufacturer's package, or as required. ELECTRICAL WORK 97067 16000 - 2 B. Motors operating on 120 volt, single phase shall be installed as shown on the plans and wired according to the manufacturer's specifications, or as required, and shall be fed as indicated on drawings. C. Pilot devices shall be used as shown on the drawings, or according to themanufacturers specifications, or as required by all national, state and local codes. D. Motor control equipment shall be as manufactured by Square D Company. 2.6 EXTERNAL AND UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEMS A. When underground conduit for power feeders are required, they shall be of rigid galvanized steel with a burial depth of 18" or as permitted otherwise by local codes. B. Underground conduit to external signs shall be rigid galvanized steel. Wiring and conduit size to be as indicated on the drawings. Wiring for building lights and floodlights to be as indicated on the drawings. 2.7 INTERNAL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM A. Underground conduit runs indicated on the drawings as running beneath the floors shall be of rigid galvanized steel with a burial depth of 24", or as permitted otherwise by local code. 2.8 INTERNAL CONDUIT SYSTEM A. Conduit shall be concealed in all areas except at masonry walls in service department and storage area. B. All exposed conduit shall run parallel or perpendicular to building structural members. C. Conduit ends shall be properly protected from damage during installation period by the use of end caps or other thread protection where necessary. D. Care shall be taken to keep the interior of conduit runs clean duringthe installation period. Conduit shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried before any cable is pulled through it. E. The exact location and routing of conduit, when not shown in detail on the drawings, shall be determined by the contractor. F. All conduit shall be rigid galvanized conduit unless otherwise noted. G. Concealed conduit may be electrical metallic tubing (EMT) in Office Areas only. H. Conduit in Service Area, Storage Areas, etc. shall be rigid galvanized conduit. ELECTRICAL WORK 97057 16000 - 3 2.9 WIRING DEVICES A. In sales room and office area, switches, convenience outlets, and clock hanger outlets shall be recessed mounted in standard 4" square outlet boxes and raised plaster ring, or tile ring, of gang required. Each device shall be fitted with a stainless steel wallplate. Mounting height for all switches, etc., shall be as noted on drawings. B. Switches shall be 20 amperes, 125/277 volt, single pole, double pole, three way, or as indicated on the drawings. C. Switches shall be UL approved and of specification grade. D. Convenience outlets shall be duplex, 20 amperes, 125 volt, of NEMA-5-20R configuration, except where otherwise indicated on the drawings. E. Convenience outlets shall be UL listed and of specification grade. F. Outlets shown as junction boxes shall have 6" of wire exposed for installation of plug mold or other devices. Face of junction boxes in sales area shall be flush with paneling or otherfinishedwallsurfaceswithconduitconcealed. Surface mounted elsewhere. G. Plug mold #2000 (as manufactured by Wiremold) on wall of sales room shall be furnished and installed where shown on drawings. 2.10 LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS A. The contractor shall furnish and install all lighting fixtures in accordance with the lightingfixturescheduleshownonthedrawings. 2.11 WIRE A. All wire shall be 600 volt insulated, 900C rated, type THHN/THWN and UL listed. 2,12 TERMINATIONS A. All wire terminations and splices shall be made using connectors which are U.L. listed for the purpose used. Wire terminators shall be as manufactured by Thomas and Betts. Electrical type shall be Scotch 3M 33+. 2.13 ELECTRIC CORD REELITE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install heavy duty electric cord reelite, spring retractable type with latch. Provide 50' cord. Provide automatic internal power switch. Hand lamp to be enclosed, gasketed, grounded, vapor -tight, and non -sparking. Confirm all features, cord length, etc. with Goodyear requirements prior to ordering. Product by Appleton Electric Co. or other Goodyear approved. ELECTRICAL WORK 97067 16000 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Electrical service to the building, service rack, meter panel, disconnect switch, serviceconduit. etc., shall be as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with all national, state and local codes. Primary service shall be underground, in conduit. Protect conduitfromdamage, heavy wheel loads and any future damage by providing a concrete ductbankaroundtheconduit, reinforced with four (4) #4 rebars where it passes under roads ordriveways. 3.2 TELEPHONE REQUIREMENTS A. A 3/4" plywood back panel shall be installed. with two (2) duplex receptacles mounted onthepanelforusebythetelephonecompanyasshownonthedrawings. B. All telephone outlets shall have mounting heights as indicated on the drawings with 1" conduits run to telephone backboard location. Contractor shall work with telephone company to provide service to the telephone backboard from nearest telephone companyservicelocation. 3.3 GROUNDING A. All electric equipment installed shall be grounded in strict accordance with the national, state, or local codes. 3.4 HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING A. Heating and air conditioning unit shall be wired in accordance with Section 15400 of thesespecifications. Wire to be sized by electrical contractor to limit voltage drop to 3% maximum. B. Feeder circuit breakers and current limiting fuses shall be coordinated with the airconditionerdisconnectfusesorcircuitbreakers. Circuit breakers, if used, shall carryHACRrating. C. Contractor shall furnish disconnects and fuses when not furnished with air conditioningunits. D. Heating and Ventilating - Refer to Items 2.4 and 2.5 for disconnects, and manual andmagneticmotorstarters. E. An approved safety switch shall be provided within sight of each HVAC unit and eachheatingunit. Provide fused switches where branch circuit breakers are not sized for overload protection and where HVAC equipment is listed with protection provided by fusedovercurrentdevice. ELECTRICAL WORK 97067 16000 - 5 3.5 FASCIA SIGNS A. Where required by the drawings, electrical contractor shall furnish and install junctionboxes, conduit and wire for the internally lighted fascia signs. Junction boxes shall be surface mounted on the inside face of the masonry wall over the sales ceiling or asindicated. This :box shall be located in the center of the wall horizontally and vertically asshownonthedrawings. The fascia sign will be installed by a local sign contractor under aseparatecontract. B. Electrical contractor shall wire to fascia sign junction box with a minimum AWG THWN #12wire, or as indicated on the drawings leaving a minimum of 6" of wire coiled up inside ofjunctionboxforsplicing. Ends to be taped. Number of circuits to be as shown on thedrawings. Conduit to fascia sign junction box shall be concealed above the sales roomceiling. C. The sign contractor will drill through the wall and install conduit to this junction box. Thisworkisnottobeincludedintheelectricalbid. Contractor shall caulk and seal allpenetrations. D. Time switches for fascia signs will be furnished and installed by the sign contractor. Conduit and wire to and from the time switches shall be furnished and installed by theelectricalcontractor. 3.6 CONNECTIONS TO GOODYEAR EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS A. The air compressors and all other owner -supplied equipment shall be connected by theelectricalcontractor. (See Section 11400). Locations and power requirements for thisequipmentshallbeasindicatedonthedrawingsorinthespecifications. The contractor shall furnish and install suitable receptacles or convenience outlets where required to pluginequipment. END OF SECTION 16000 N7067T35 ELECTRICAL WORK 97067 16000 - 6 JOANN JOHNSON - Goodyear - SDVP Permit in PC --Page 1 From: CHRIS SMITH To: JOANN JOHNSON Date: Fri, Jul 28, 2000 9:03 AM Subject: Goodyear - SDVP Permit in PC Joann, please be informed that the SDVP 3329 for Goodyear has not been approved. We are waiting on other permits before we will approve. SDVP is in PC only. CC: BOB WALTER RAP1E:) MEMO To DATE SUBJECT 5 ak:f c t.sr -7-,4. .o zLAx- fgr R.6ai J !'YY) TJ' A.e S"p IJCr, TrN GAdamS SC1158 U. S. Leader Development Co, Inc 9439 Forest City Cove Altamonte Springs, FL. 32714 Phone (407) 445-7235 x 1410 Fax. (407) 445-3586 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL Date: Thursday, October 19, 2000 To: City of Sanford Building Department P.O. Box 1788 Sanford, FL 32772-1788 Phone: (407) 330-5656 Sent by: Keith Carson Re: Goodyear Service Center 4151 West I" Street Sanford, FL 32772 Items Enclosed: 1 copy of the following: City of Sanford sitework permit FDOT utility permit FDOT driveway connection permit FDOT drainage connection permit ST. Johns River Water Management District Permit Florida Department of Environmental Protection Waterline Permit Seminole County Environmental Services septic system Permit Comments: The above items have been requested prior to issuance of a building permit. If everything is in order, please issue a notice of intent to issue our building permit. If anything else is required prior to issuance of a permit, with the exception of paying all impact and permit fees, please notify me. Thanks, l eitk Carson Jul 26 00 05:18a Engineering and Planning 407-330-5679 P.1 oF'sti, Application for Site Development Permit City of Sanfordy I4 THIS * IT IS TO POSTED AT THE SITE*** THIS PERM e aov donws in Date Z` t Permit No To the Administrative Official: The undersigned hereby applies for a permit for the following described work: Owner Address: Nature of Work Applicant's Namc Applicant's Address Applicant's Plione-Number qb-i Applicant's Fax Number V1 D 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG Fee 14511. CALL SUNSHINE $35 + I% of cost of proposed work 1.800-432-4770 IT'S THE LAW IN FLORIDA I Certify that the above information Is true and correct and I will comply with all ap liicable codes and ordinances of the" oX$_a0Ri4F1. Administratwe icial Applicant S-1g' CALL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 72 HOURS IN N#E TO SCHEDULE FOR CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION INSPECTION Q 330-563NO' rr** BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED FOR ANY CONSTRUCTION ABOVE GRADE CALL SuNSIi1NE 1-800-432-4770 PRIOR TO DIGG RcVisioll615M CONTACT: DIRECTOR Or ENGINEERING & PLANNING P. 0. BOX 1788, SANFORD, EL 32772-1788 PriONE: (407) 330-5670 Application Number - - - . - 00-00003329 Date 7/26/00 Property Address . . . _ . . 4151 W 1ST ST Parcel Number . . . . _ . . 28.19.30-506-0000-0080 Application description . . . SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Subdivision Name - - - - - - Property Use . . . _ _ _ . . Property Zoning . - - . Application valuation . . . . 0 Owner Contractor Permit . . . . _ . ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PERMIT Additional desc . . Permit Fee . . _ . .00 Issue Date . - - - 7/26/00 Valuation 0 Expiration Date - . 1/23/01 Other Fees - - - - - - - - - SITE DEVLPMT-**USE D1** 1512.50 Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due Permit Fee Total .00 .00 .00 .00 Other Fee Total 1512.50 _00 .00 1512-50 Grand Total 1512.50 .00 .00 1512.50 oo' The above referenced fees have been paid for the noted address. If any additional information is needed, please contact the noted office for assistance. 1 rAu 6 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION UTILITY PERMIT FORM 710.01r•M 0 UIVES 03C • 01" Page 1 of PERMIT NO.; DOMS93-0I92 FDOT construction is proposed or underway SECTION NO.: —) % 030 STATE ROAD: 46 COUNTY: Seminole Q Yes Is this work related to an approved Utility Relocation Schedule? 0 No 0 Yes Financial Project ID: AZX No if yes, Document Number: PERMITTEE: f U..S. Lei'der' Development,. Inc. ADDRESS: 9439 Forest City Rd. : TELEPHONE NUMBER: (.407445__7235 Altatmonte` Springs, Fl. 32714-1512 The above PERMITTEE requests ppmlission from the State of Florida Department of Transportation,hereinafter-called the FOOT, to construct, operate.and maintainthefollowing: 295 LF 10" PVC Water Main, 2 gate valves, 2" water service & fire hydrant AIM" i ll c• 7 LS r - -- __ „l L- 0 j] pYt - -C 4C l t n/ 1t-- n con FRdk ' : Upsala, S-154 TO: 350 feet . West ,S, 920 'ems Submitted for the PERMITTEE by: t • , i t,pr_ME IZ dD v are and Title (Typed or Printed Legibly) Signature Date The PERMITTEE declares that prior to (lltrlg this apFfication, the location o1 all e)ilstlng utllRles that 4 owns or has en interest in, both aerial and underground, are accurately shown onthe plans and a k9er of notlficatlon was mailed on Jul y 12 , 00 : to the to Ilowing utilities (mownto be involved or potentially impacted in the area of the proposed bWm'lllaWn: Florida Power & Light ; Bell South Public Utili Time Warner CAble side.of SR The' ftg Meintenencd: or ResidentEngineer, hereafter referred to as the FDOT Enelneer, shall be notified forty-eight ;48) hours prior to starting work and a ain ImmiM?sdlat*;:uponcompletionofwork. The FDOrs Engineer Is $) L S 106 No Q,CH f located at OV 1 E 9O 6B I /V , Telephone Number__" p - q'1'1 OS. The PERMITTEE's employee responsible for Maintenance of Traffic is Telephone Number (This nenle may be provided at the time of the 46 hour notice priortostartingwork). Ali work, materiala, and equipment shall be subject to Inspection and approval by the FDOT Engineer. All plans and installations shag conform to the requirements of the FDOrs Utility Accommodation Manual in effect as of the date this permit Is approved byFDOT, and shall bemadeapartofthispermit. This provision shall not limit the eutho . of the FOOT under Paragraph 8 of this Permit. This PERMITTEE shell commence actual construction in good faith wfthin •' days after Isl:tuanee of permit, and shall be cor 1pteted wknln 14O -days after the permitted work has' begun.. If the beginning date Is more than OV;days. from the date of permit approval, the PERMITTEE mpst rm iew the permit with the FDOT Engineer tomakesurer(o changes have occurred to the Transportitt1oh Facility that? ' Id a Rect the permittedconstruction. The construction apd maintenahoe of such utility shag not interfere with the property and 1 * ofa prior PERMITTEE. ItIs expressly stipulatedthatthispermitisalicenseforpermissiveuse • only and that the placing of 1tt11fties upon public property punwant to this permit: shall not operate to create orvestanyprMrtyrissfightinsaidholder, exceptprovidedinexecutedsubordination. and Railroad Utility Agr eements, Pursuant to Section 33T:403( 1), :Florida Statues, any utility placed upon, under, over, or along any public roed or publicly owned rail corridor that is found by FDQT to tie unressonabty.interfering inanywaywaywiththeeotvenlent, safe, or continuous use, or maintenatice, Improvement• extension, or expansion. of suctm. public rand a publicly anted rail corridorshall, upon 30 days' written rictice to the utility or Its agent by FOOT. be removed or relocated by sueht'utllity at its own eipense except as provided Iti.paragraphs (a) and (b), and except for ralmbursertient rights set forth in previously executed subordination and Railroad Utility Agreemen%, and shall apply to allsuccessorsandassignsforthepermittedfacility. It is agreed that In the event the, relocation of said utli t e ate scheduled tq be done simultansousy w:th the FOOT's construction work, the PERMITTEE will. coordinate with the FDOT beforeproceedingandshtmlicooperatewiththeiFDOr6contractortoarrangethesequenceofworksoas' nol to delay the wdrk of the FDOrS contractor, defend any legalclaimsoftheFDOT's COM- for due to delays caused by it* PERMITTEE's failure to comply with the aporwed schedule; and shall CompyvvRh all provisionsvtthelowandthuFOOT's current Utility Axommodation Manual. The PERMITTEE shall not be •esponsible for delay oeyonc its control. In the caseofnon- compliance with the FDOT's requirements in effect as of time date this permit is approved. this permit Is void anb the facilrty will have 16 be brought into compttance or removedfromtheryhtofweyatnocoattoalesFDOT, xcept for reirrmbursemenx rights set forth in previously executed subotdlnazicn and.Rallroad Utility Agreements. Thisprovisionshallnotlimittheauttlority.of the FDOT under Paragraph 8 of this Penntt. It is understood and agreed that the rights and privileges hereln set out are granted ony to the extent of the Slate's right, title and Interest In the land ip be entered upon and used bythe PERMITTEE, and the PERMITTEE will, at all tiand to the extent permitted by law, assume all risk of and 'indemnity, defeMi and save har mlees Ine•3tate of FloridaandtheFOOTfromandagainstanyendalls, damage, cost or expense arising In any manner on:agcount of the exercit a or attempted wrarcisss-by sald'PERMITTEE oftheaforesaidrightsandprMegeb. During construclion;4g abfetyregulabons of the IF DOT shall be observed ind,thePERMITTEEmuRt take measures, including placing and the display of safety devices that may be necessary Inordertosafely.tonduct mho public through trie project area In accordance with the Federal Manual om Uniform Traffic Control Oevlces, as amended for highways, therequirementuo11heStandardAppticaltonPackageforiaitmitye, including nagging services and Railroad Protective Insurance or acceptable aftematiVe, tivhen applicable, and the FOOT's IetestjRoadway and Traffim Design Standards and Standard Specifications for Roan! and Bridge Conitrucftn, as. artlended. When aUtilitydeemsilnecessarytooonductTrafficControlactIvitlesandmethodssignificantlydifferentfromthoseaddressedintheaboverefemnces, the UtilitymustsubmftanalternativeplansignedandsealedbyaqualifiedregisteredFloridaprofessionalengtneerqualifiedtodevelopTrafficControlplanningInaccordancewiththeprovisionsoftheUtilityAccommodationManual, Chapter 8. Should the PERMITTEE be desirous of keeping its utilities in plan and out of service, the PERMITTEE, by execution of this permit acknowledges its present and eorKhmuVmg ownership of its utilities locatedbetweenandwithintheFOOT's rigtxact-way assetforthabove. Whenever the PERMITTEE removes Its fooil Iles, it shall be at the Permelee's sole cost and expense. The PERMITTEE, at its sole expense, shallpromptlyremovesaidoutofserviceutilitieswhenevertheFOOTdeterminessaidremovalIsinthepublicinterest 14. In W., event contaminated soil is encountered by the Utility or anyone within the pertrlitted conetrucion limits, the Utility shall immediately cease work and notify theFZC•T. 'ate FDOT shall coordinate with the appkvpriste egencies and notify the PERMITTEE of any suepekivion or revocation of the permit until contamination AssesRsment and remediation, as appropriate under Rule Chapters 62-770 and 62-730 Florida Administrative Code, has progressed to a state that all environmentalregulatoryapriclashavingjuriedictivnhenapprovedtheCiteofthecontaminationfairresumptionofwork. 15. During excavation operations, an on -site representative of the PERMITTEE m rmayberequired to perform the following activities with respell to their own faclAtles: physically 09ose or direct exposure of underground Imam provide any necessary support to fatalities and/or cover aerial facilities as deemed necessary to aid construction. 16. Pursuant to Section 337.401(2), Florida Statutes, the permit shall require the permit holder to be responsible for damage resulting from the issuance of the permit. The Department tray Initiate injunctive proceedings as provided In &A 20.09 to enforce provisions of this subsection or any rule or order issued or entered into pursuant thereto. . 17. Pursuant to Section 337.402, Florida Statutes, when any pbblic road or publicly owned rail corridor is damaged or impaired in any way because of the 6nstalla!lon inspbction, or repilr of q utility located 9n such rood of publicly owned rail eorrldor,'the owner of the utility shell, at his or her dwn expense; restote the road or put:ljc'Iy owned rail corridor to Its 0441nal condition. before such demege'. • If the owner fails to make such reetoratlori, the authority is euthor¢Cd to dos : and charge the coot thereof aganat the owner under the provisions of s:737.404: :. i8: Special FDOT%struction6: SCE /q?'fAcHEb It is understood grid agreed that commencement by the PERMITTEE is .acitria ledgment and acceptance of the binding nature of all the above listed permit conditions and special instructions: 19. By tl;e below signature, the Permittee hereby represents that no change to the F06Ts standard uuiity Permit form., as incorporated by reference into Rule 14 44.001, for this Utility Permit has been made which has not been previously called to the attention of t 0 T (and signed to by checking the appropriate box fbelow) by a se{larate attached written document showing all changes and the and dated epp• . I the OT Engineer. Are there attachments rellreg charlgNs to the standard form? NO YES if Yes, pepea are sits PERMITTEE; CJ 2Y %4. P. ` SIGNATURE: DATE: Nanve & Title of Authorized Pdrmittee or Agent APPROVED BY: / II ` ISSUE DATE: Y__ ^ '—G3 istrici eer or Designee l1tl C1 6EQ,flC ag: neer .C. N..V..f N\Hf\\\\•\H\\\\\.N..}}• f N-fHf}\H.fHH\HH}\HN........ N......w.......................... UTILITY PERMIT FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATION DATE: . i DATE WORK STARTED: DATE WORK COMPLETED: INSPECTED BY: (Permittee or Agent) REMARK$ ( Brief summary of approved. plans changes); CHANGE APPROVED BY: DATE: _ District Maintenance Engineer or Designee 1 the uN"igned PERMITTEE do hereby CERTIFY that the utilityfonstnidion apptved by the ebkNe numbered permit was inspected and i6stelled in accordance with the approved plans made a part of this gerund and in accordance with the FDOT;'s current Utility Accommodation Marival..All plan changes nave been approged by the FDOT!s Engineer and are attached to this permit, I also certify that the work area has been left In as good:or better condition then when the work wasbegun. PERMITTEE: SIGNATURE: Name & Title of Authorized Permiltee or Agent Typed or Printed Legibly) CC: District Permit Office Permittee DATE: STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DRIVEWAY CONNECTION PERMIT FORM 850040 IS FOR ALL CATEGORIES SYSTEMS PLANNING I1/93Page 1 of 3 PART 1: PERMIT INFORMATION APPLICATION NUMBER: 6OA593-0051 Permit Category: B Access Classification: 3 PROJECT: Goodyear Tire Shop PERMITTEE: • James A Hartman U S Leader Development Inc. Section/Mile Post: 77030/ MP 005,868 State Road: 46 Section/Mile Post: State Road: Section/Mile Post: State Road: PART.Z:: PERMITTEE INFORMATION Permittee Name: James A Hartman U.S. Leader Development Inc Permittee Mailing Address: 10311 Orangewood Blvd City, State, Zip: Orlando Florida 32821 Telephone: (407) 445/3244 rn O Q Engineer/Consultant/or Project Manager: Holder Engineering Corp ry 7) Engineer responsible for construction inspection: Marc Holder. P.E. Mailing Address: P O Box161726 J City, State, Zip: Altamonte Springs FI 32716 x— M Telephone: (407) 889/2917 FAX Phone: (407)889/8499 PART 3: PERMIT APPROVAL The above application has been reviewed and is hereby approved subject to all Provisions as attached. PERMIT NUMBER: 0OA593-0051 Department of Transportation Constiuction shall begin by: ' n 'Z O BY: Charles M. Heffinger. 1o.kl and shall be completed no later than: —ZD TITLE: Maintenance Engineer Special provisions attached YES X NO Date of Issuance: NOTE: This permit is only valid for one calendar year from date of issuance See reverse side for General and Special Provisions FORM 850.040.18 SYSTEMS PLANNING 11/93 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH ONSITE SEWAGE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION PERMIT CONSTRUCTION PERMIT FOR: X ]New System [ ]Existing System [ ]Holding Tank [ Repair [ )Abandonment [ ]Temporary [ CENTRAX #: 59-S2-02251 DATE PAID: FEE PAID $ RECEIPT OSTDSNBR 00-2253- N Innovative Other APPLICANT: US Leader Development AGENT: 96-000000, Property Owner PROPERTY STREET ADDRESS: 4151 W 1st St Sanford FL 32771 LOT: BLOCK: SUBDIVISION: N/A Section/Township/Range/Parcel No.] PROPERTY ID #: 28-19-30-50600000080 [OR TAX ID NUMBER] SYSTEM MUST BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS OF CHAPTER 64E-6,FAC DEPARTMENT APPROVAL OF SYSTEM DOES NOT GUARANTEE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE FOR ANY SPECIFIC TIME PERIOD. ANY CHANGE IN MATERIAL FACTS WHICH SERVED AS A BASIS FOR ISSUANCE OF THIS PERMIT, REQUIRE THE APPLICANT TO MODIFY THE PERMIT APPLICATION. SUCH MODIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN THIS PERMIT BEING MADE NULL AND VOID. ISSUANCE OF THIS PERMIT DOES NOT EXEMPT THE APPLICANT FROM COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL PERMITTING REQUIRED FOR PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT. SYSTEM DESIGN AND SPECIFICATIONS T [ 1350 ]Gallons SEPTIC TANK MULTI-CHAMBERED/IN SERIES: Y ] A [ 0 ]Gallons MULTI-CHAMBERED/IN SERIES: Y ] N [ 0 ]GALLONS GREASE INTERCEPTOR CAPACITY K [ 600 ]GALLONS DOSING TANK CAPACITY [ 90 ]GALLONS @ 6 ]DOSES PER 24 HRS # PUMPS[ 2 ] D [ 831 ]SQUARE FEET PRIMARY DRAINFIELD SYSTEM R [ 0 ]SQUARE FEET SYSTEM A TYPE SYSTEM: [ N ]STANDARD ( N )FILLED Y ]MOUND [ N ] I CONFIGURATION: [ N ]TRENCH ( Y )BED N ] N F LOCATION TO BENCHMARK: Pk Nail W/Green Ribbon On Light Pole I ELEVATION OF PROPOSED SYSTEM SITE [ 38.0 ] [ INCHES J [ BELOW] BENCHMARK/REFERENCE POINT E BOTTOM OF DRAINFIELD TO BE [ 26.0 ] [ INCHES J [ BELOW] BENCHMARK/REFERENCE POINT L D FILL REQUIRED:[ 33.0 ]INCHES EXCAVATION REQUIRED: 0.0 ] INCHES OTHER REMARKS: Sleeve potable water lines within 10 feet of drainfield. Potable water lines may not be installed within 2 ft of drainfield. Audio and visual alarms must be installed and working. Maintain 75 feet from surface water. Maintain 15 feet setback from dry ditches/swales. Private potable wells must be 75 feet from system. Non potable wells must be 50 feet. Maintain 5 feet setback from property lines, 5 feet from easement and 5 feet from building foundation. Mound System:Grade properly and stabilize waith sod (2:1). An annual operating permit is required. SPECIFICATIONS BY: Dabiri, Massood TITLE: APPROVED BY: Dabiri, Massood TITLE: EH Specialist I Seminole CHD DATE ISSUED: 10/12/00 EXPIRATION DATE: 4/12/02 DH 4016, 03/97 (Obsoletes previous editions which may not be used) Stock Number: 5744-001-4016-0) jostds_cons_4016-1) Page 1 of 2 Department of Environmental Protection Jeb Bush Governor CERTIFIED MAIL 7099 3400 0010 5337 6654 Central District 3319 Maguire Boulevard, Suite 232 David B. Struhs Orlando, Florida 32803-3767 Secretary NOTICE OF PERMIT ISSUANCE U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President Seminole County - PW City of Sanford Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road Dear Mr. Carson: Enclosed is Permit Number WD59-0080856-085 to construct a water distribution system extension issued pursuant to Section 403.861(9), Florida Statutes. The Department's proposed agency action shall become final unless a timely petition for an administrative hearing is filed under Sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the Florida Statutes before the deadline for filing a petition. The procedures for petitioning for a hearing are set forth below. A person whose substantial interests are affected by the Department's proposed permitting decision may petition for an administrative proceeding (hearing) under Sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the Florida Statutes. The petition must contain the information set forth below and must be filed (received by the clerk) with: Clerk of the Department of Environmental Protection Office of General Counsel 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Mail Station 35 Tallahassee, Florida 32399-3000. Petitions by the applicant or any of the parties listed below must be filed within fourteen days of receipt of this written notice. Petitions filed by any persons other than those entitled to written notice under Section 120.60(3) of the Florida Statutes must be filed within fourteen days of publication of the notice or within fourteen days of receipt of the written notice, whichever occurs first. Under Section 120.60(3) of the Florida Statutes, however, any person who has asked the Department for notice of agency action may file a petition within fourteen days of receipt of such notice, regardless of the date of publication. The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to the applicant at the address indicated above at the time of filing. The failure of any person to file a petition within the appropriate time period shall constitute a waiver of that person's right to request an administrative determination (hearing) under Sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the Florida Statutes. Any subsequent intervention (in a proceeding initiated by another party) will be only at the discretion of the presiding officer upon the filing of a motion in compliance with Rule 28-106.205 of the Florida Administrative Code. Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc "More Protection, Less Process" Printed on recycled paper. A petition that disputes the material facts on which the Department's action is based must contain the following information: a) The name, address, and telephone number of each petitioner; the name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner's representative, if any; the Department permit identification number and the county in which the subject matter or activity is located; b) A statement of how and when each petitioner received notice of the Department action; c) A statement of how each petitioner's substantial interests are affected by the Department action; d) A statement of all disputed issues of material fact. If there are none, the petition must so indicate; e) A statement of facts that the petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the Department action; f) A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, as well as the rules and statutes which entitle the petitioner to relief; and g) A statement of the relief sought by the petitioner, stating precisely the action that the petitioner wants the Department to take. A petition that does not dispute the material facts on which the Department's action is based shall state that no such facts are in dispute and otherwise shall contain the same information as set forth above, as required by Rule 28-106.301, Florida Statutes. Because the administrative hearing process is designed to formulate final agency action, the filing of a petition means that the Department's final action may be different from the position taken by it in this notice. Persons whose substantial interests will be affected by any such final decision of the Department have the right to petition to become a party to the proceeding, in accordance with the requirements set forth above. Mediation under Section 120.573 of the. Florida Statutes is not available for this proceeding. This action is final and effective on the date filed with the Clerk of the Department unless a petition is filed in accordance with the above. Upon the timely filing of a petition this order will not be effective until further order of the Department. Any party to the order has the right to seek judicial review of the order under Section 120.68 of the Florida Statutes, by the filing of a notice of appeal under Rule 9.110 of the Florida Rules of Appellate Procedure with: Clerk of the Department of Environmental Protection Office of General Counsel Mail Station 35, 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard Tallahassee, Florida, 32399-3000 and by filing a copy of the notice of appeal accompanied by the applicable filing fees with the appropriate district court of appeal. The notice of appeal must be filed within 30 days from the date when the final order is filed with the Clerk of the Department. Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc Department of Environmental Protection Jeb Bush Governor Permittee: U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Central District 3319 Maguire Boulevard, Suite 232 Orlando, Florida 32803-3767 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President David B. Struhs Secretary Permit Number: WD59-0080856-085 Expiration Date: 10/04/03 County: Seminole Utility: City of Sanford Project: Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road This permit is issued under the provisions of Chapter 403, Florida Statutes, and Rule 62-555, Florida Administrative Code, (F.A.C.). The above named permittee is hereby authorized to perform the work shown on the application and approved drawing, plans, and other documents attached hereto or on file with the Department and made a part hereof and specifically described as follows: Extension of the City of Sanford water distribution system to serve Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road . The estimated average day water demand is 700 GPD. This permit does not pertain to any wastewater, stormwater or dredge and fill aspects of the project. Page 1 of 7 Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc "More Protection, Less Process" Printed on rc-r.W poper. Permittee: U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President GENERAL CONDITIONS Permit Number: WD59-0080856-085 Expiration Date: 10/04/03 County: Seminole Utility: City of Sanford Project: Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road 1. The terms, conditions, requirements, limitations and restrictions set forth in this permit, are "permit conditions" and are binding and enforceable pursuant to Sections 403.141, 403.727, or 403.859 through 403.861, F.S. The permittee is placed on notice that the Department will review this permit periodically and may initiate enforcement action for any violations of these conditions. 2. This permit is valid only for the specific processes and operations applied for and indicated in the approved drawings or exhibits. Any unauthorized deviation from the approved drawings, exhibits, specifications, or conditions of this permit may constitute grounds for revocation and enforcement action by the Department. 3. As provided in subsections 403.087(6) and 403.722(5), F.S., the issuance of this permit does not convey any vested rights or any exclusive privileges. Neither does it authorize any injury to public or private property or any invasion of personal rights, nor any infringement of federal, state, or local laws or regulations. This permit is not a waiver of or approval of any other Department permit that may be required for other aspects ofthe total project which are not addressed in this permit. 4. This permit conveys no title to land or water, does not constitute State recognition or acknowledgment of title, and does not constitute authority for the use of submerged lands unless herein provided and the necessary title or leasehold interests have been obtained from the State. Only the Trustees of the Internal Improvement Trust Fund may express State opinion as to title. 5. This permit does not relieve the permittee from liability for harm or injury to human health or welfare, animal, or plant life, or property caused by the construction or operation of this permitted source, or from penalties therefore; nor does it allow the permittee to cause pollution in contravention of Florida Statutes and Department rules, unless specifically authorized by an order from the Department. 6. The permittee shall properly operate and maintain the facility and systems of treatment and control(and related appurtenances) that are installed and used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit, as required by Department rules. This provision includes the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit and when required by Department rules. 7. The permittee, by accepting this permit, specifically agrees to allow authorized Department personnel, upon presentation of credentials or other documents as may be required by law and at reasonable times, access to the premises where the permitted activity is located or conducted to: a) Have access to and copy any records that must be kept under conditions of the permit; b) Inspect the facility, equipment, practices, or operations regulated or required under this permit; and c) Sample or monitor any substances or parameters at any location reasonably necessary to assure compliance with this permit or Department rules. Reasonable time may depend on the nature of the concern being investigated. 8. If, for any reason, the permittee does not comply with or will be unable to comply with any conditions or limitation specified in this permit, the permittee shall immediately provide the Department with the following information: a) A description of and cause of noncompliance; and b) The period of noncompliance, including dates and times; or, if not corrected, the anticipated time the noncompliance is expected to continue, and steps being taken to reduce, eliminate, and prevent recurrence of the noncompliance. The permittee shall be responsible for any and all damages which may result and may be subject to enforcement action by the Department for penalties or for revocation of this permit. 9. In accepting this permit, the permittee understands and agrees that all records, notes, monitoring data and other information relating to the construction or operation of this permitted source which are submitted to the Department may be used by the Department as evidence in any enforcement case involving the permitted source arising under the Florida Statutes or Department rules, except where such use is prescribed by Section 403.111 and 403.73, F.S. Such evidence shall only be used to the extent it is consistent with the Florida Rules of Civil Procedure and appropriate evidentiary rules. Page 2 of 7 Patty Pittmanl59-0080856-085.doc Permittee: U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President Permit Number: WD59-0080856-085 Expiration Date: 10/04/03 County: Seminole Utility: City of Sanford Project: Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road GENERAL CONDITIONS 10. The permittee agrees to comply with changes in Department rules and Florida Statutes after a reasonable time for compliance; provided, however, the permittee does not waive any other rights granted by Florida Statutes or Department rules. IL This permit is transferable only upon Department approval in accordance with Rule 624.120 and 62-30.300, F.A.C., as applicable. The permittee shall be liable for any non-compliance of the permitted activity until the transfer is approved by the Department. 12. This permit or a copy thereof shall be kept at the work site of the permitted activity. 14, The permittee shall comply with the following: a) Upon request, the permittee shall furnish all records and plans required under Department rules. During enforcement actions, the retention period for all records will be extended automatically unless otherwise stipulated by the Department. b) The permittee shall hold at the facility or other location designated by this permit records of all monitoring information (including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation) required by the permit, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit. These materials shall be retained at least three years from the date the sample, measurement, report, or application unless otherwise specified by Department rule. W Records ofmonitoring information shall include: 1. the date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements; 2. the person responsible for performing the sampling or measurements; 3. the dates analyses were performed; 4. the person responsible for performing the analyses; 5. the analytical techniques or methods used; 6. the results of such analyses. 15. When requested by the Department, the permittee shall within a reasonable time furnish any information required by law which is needed to determine compliance with the permit. If the permittee becomes aware the relevant facts were not submitted or were incorrect in the permit application or in any report to the Department, such facts or information shall be corrected promptly. Page 3 of 7 Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc Permittee: U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President SPECIFIC CONDITIONS: Clearance ofthe Project Permit Number: WD59-0080856-085 Expiration Date: 10/04/03 County: Seminole Utility: City of Sanford Project: Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road 1. A Clearance Letter must be issued by the DEP Central District Potable Water program before placement of this project into service. Failure to do so will result in enforcement action against the permittee. To obtain clearance letter, the engineer of record must submit the following: 1) completion of the enclosed "Request for Letter of Release to Place Water Supply System into Service" [DEP Form 62-555.900(9), F.A.C.]; 2) a copy of this permit; and 3) a copy of satisfactory bacteriological sample results taken on two consecutive days from the beginning and end of the proposed ten -inch ductile iron main. 4) The water main covered by Permit Number WD59-0080856-074 must be cleared for service first. 2. NOTE TO THE UTILITY. Pursuant to Rule 403.859(6), Florida Statutes, do not provide . water service to this project (other titan flushing/testing) until the Department of Environmental Protection has issued a letter of clearance or the utility, shall be subject to enforcement action. Permit Transfer 3. The permittee will promptly notify the Department upon sale or legal transfer of the permitted facility. In accordance with General Condition #I I of this permit, this permit is transferable only upon Department approval. The new owner must apply, by letter, for a transfer of permit within 30 days. Utilit Separati6n — Vertical Clearance 4. Where water and gravity sanitary sewer mains cross with less than 18 inches vertical clearance or the sewer main is above the water main, the sanitary sewer will be 20 feet of either: A. ductile iron pipe, centered on the point of crossing, or; B. concrete encased vitrified clay; or C. PVC pipe upgraded to water main standards and pressure tested. Page 4 of 7 Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc Permittee: U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President SPECIFIC CONDITIONS: Permit Number: WD59-0080856-085 Expiration Date: 10/04/03 County: Seminole Utility: City of Sanford Project: Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road Utility Separation — Vertical Clearance (continued) 5. Where water mains and storm sewer pipes cross with less than 18 inches vertical clearance, the water main shall be 20 feet of ductile iron pipe centered on the point of crossing. Utility Separation — Horizontal Separation 6. When a water main parallels a gravity sanitary sewer main, a separation (measured edge to edge) of at least ten feet should be maintained. Where this separation is not met, one of the following must occur: A. the water main is laid in a separate trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf located on one side of the sewer at such an elevation that the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer, or; B. if both sanitary sewer and potable water mains are proposed and the above (A) is not met, the sanitary sewer pipes shall be upgraded to the equivalent pipe material as the water main and pressure tested. C. if the sanitary sewer is existing and the potable water main is proposed, the water main shall, at a minimum, be upgraded to ductile iron pipe, constructed in separate trenches, laid at a higher elevation than the sanitary sewer, and utilize staggered joints. 7. Separation requirements between force mains and potable water mains must be maintained unless approved in advance by the Department. Construction Notes 8. The PERMITTEE shall be separately responsible for appropriate construction, disinfection and testing beyond the meter to assure potability at the point of use. 9. Potable water pipes will be disinfected in accordance with AWWA Specifications C651. 10. Potable water pipes will be hydrostatically tested in accordance with. Specification Numbers C600 and C605/M23 for ductile iron and PVC pipes, respectively. Page 5 of 7 Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc Perrnittee: U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President SPECIFIC CONDITIONS: Construction Notes (Continued) Permit Number: WD59-0080856-085 Expiration Date: 10/04/03 County: Seminole Utility: City of Sanford Project: Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road 11. Potable water pipes must be manufactured in accordance with the following AWWA Specifications: A. Ductile iron pipe (3 inches to 54 inches) — AWWA C 160/C 151; B. PVC (with National Sanitation Foundation seal) 1) AWWA C900/ASTM 1784 (4 inches to 12 inches) with DR25 minimum; 2) AWWA C905 (14 inches to 36 inches); 3) ASTM .1785 or AWWA C905 (less than 4 inches) Schedules 40, 80, and 120 or ASTM 2241 (SDR 21 minimum); C. Polyethylene pipe — AWWA C901 with valves and fittings (AWWA C800); and D. Polyeutylene pipe — AWWA C902. Connection to Existing Water Mains 12. If connection of the proposed activity to the water main will result in a depressurization of the existing system below 20 pounds per square inch, one of the following must occur: A. Precautionary boil .water notices must be issued in cases of planned distribution interruptions, which are deemed an imminent public health threat by the DEP Central District or will affect the bacteriological quality of the. drinking water unless the public water system can demonstrate, by sound engineering judgement, that the integrity of the water system has been maintained; or B. In cases of brief interruption in service, advisories (not boil water notices) should be issued if temporary changes in water quality are expected to occur and not deemed an imminent public health risk. Air/Vacuum Relief Valves 13. All air/vacuum relief valves must end in a down -turned elbow with at least 12 inches above the surrounding grade unless the wet season water table can be shown to be below the vault bottom. Filling of Water Mains 14. Filling of proposed water mains from existing water mains will be done in accordance with AWWA Specification C651. Page 6 of 7 Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc Permittee: U.S. Leader Development, Inc. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714-1512 Attention: Keith Carson, Vice President RSL:om:pp Permit Number: WD59-0080856-085 Expiration Date: 10/04/03 County: Seminole Utility: City of Sanford Project: Goodyear Store on State Road 46 at Upsala Road STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF,9VVIRONMENTAL PRO ECTION Richard S. Lott, P.G., P.E. Program Manager, '*- DriWater ISSUED ( O- 0 V Copies furnished to: Marc Holder, P.E. [Holder Engineering Corporation] Paul Moore, P.E., Utility Director CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE The undersigned duly designated deputy agency clerk hereby certified that this NOTICE OF PERMIT ISSUANCE and all copies were mailed by Certified Mail before the close of business on % i .. i , : J / i-:"i 1@othe listed persons. FILING AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT FILED, on this date, under Section 120.52(7), Florida Statutes, with the designated Department Clerk, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. 0 q o0 Clerk Date Page 7 of 7 Patty Pittman\59-0080856-085.doc 01 Sanford, FlON°rjdBuildingDepartmentd P.O. Box 1788 - 32772-1788 Telephone (407) 330-5656 Fax (407) 330-5677 October 19, 2000 U. S. Leader Development Co., Inc 9439 Forest City Cove Altamonte Springs, FL 32714 RE: Goodyear Service Center 4151 W. 15t St, Dear Gentlemen, Your building permit for the above referenced building has been reviewed and is ready for issuance. The building permit fees total $22,213.89. 1 will require a copy of the notice of commencement that has been recorded with Seminole County when we issue thepermit. If you have any further questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at 407)330- 5656. Sincerely, Ann M. Johnson The Friendly City" CITY OF SANFORD PLUMBING APPLICATION PERMIT NO. (D I _, - C,7 DATE) -9 v () I THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY APPLIES FOR A PERMIT TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING PLUMBING: OWNER'S NAME: r -2n2es1+03o8"M ADDRESS OF JOB: S W .' PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ' CIA RES. --NON-RES. Subject to rules and regulati ns of Sanford Plumbing Code Plumbing Code. Applk=t Signature State License# . MARYANI F- HORSE CLERK OF f;1'PC11! 1'. COURT 3 627311 SUNTRUST Notice of Commencement Building Permit No. Tax Folio No. STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ORANGE SEHHOLE COUNTY, FL REC RDED t°: VERIFIED 2000 VC 12 FM 3'. 25 THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY gives notice that improvements will be made to certain real property, and in accordance with Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, the following information is provided in this Notice of Commencement. WIS I1'45TRUMtN I KtfaKEU ft NAME ADDPL cos I- 0fr-, cc U 'tC .^ d.p 3aYd -0 31 i 1. Description of Property: See Exhibit "A" attached hereto. 2. General Description of Improvements: Construction of an approximately 6,864 square foot Action-Gator tire store/service center and related improvements. 3. Owner Information: a. Name and Address T & S Investments, L.L.C., a Florida limited liability company W 9161 Baypointe Drive. D WoOrlando, FL 32819 m J 7n -M b. Interest in Property: Fee Simple 3 Z N c or t-- c. Name and Address of Fee Simple Title Holder, if other N/A m c CDo than the Owner: n R mN O 4. Contractor: a. Name and address U.S. Leader Construction Corp. 9439 Forest City Rbad Altamonte Springs, FL 32714 a. Phone number (407) 445-7235 x1410 b. FAX number (optional, if service by FAX is N/A acceptable) CERTIFIED Copy MARYANNE MORSE CLERK OF CI CUIT COURT SEM OLE FLORIDA EP L DEC 12 20M OR343663;2 Szeq "y p Surety: a. Name and Address ciz b. Phone number c. FAX number (optional, •if service by FAX is acceptable) Ur r UTAL KtLUKUu o nnll!( PAGE . 3972 0411 SEMINOLE GO.,FL d. Amount of bond (NOTE: If applicable, a copy of the Payment Bond is attached hereto as Exhibit "B".) 6. Lender information a. Name and address b. Phone number c. FAX number (optional, if service by FAX is acceptable) d. Designated contact 7. Person(s) within the State of Florida designated by Owner upon whom notices or other documents may be served pursuant to Section 713.13(1)(a)(7), Florida Statutes: a. Name and address b. Phone number c. FAX number (optional, if service by FAX is acceptable) Merchants Bonding Company Mutual) 6850 Austin Center Boulevard Austin, Texas 78731 407) 926-2600 (agent) N/A 705,500.00 SunTrust Bank, a Georgia corporation P.O. Box 4925 Orlando, FL 32802-9839 Attn: RECAD 407) 237-4562 407) 237-6833 SunTrust Bank, a Georgia corporation P.O. 4925 Orlando, FL 32802-9839 Attn: RECAD 407) 237-4562 407) 237-6833 OR343663;2 2 OFFII;IAL RECOROS PAGE r,, 8. In addition to the Owner, Owner designates the following person to receive a copy of the Lienor's Notice to Owner as provided in Section 713.13(1)(b), Florida Statutes: a. Phone number b. FAX number (option, if service by FAX is acceptable) 9. Expiration date of Notice of Commencement (the expiration date is one (1) year from the date of recording unless a different date is specified). Other expiration date N/A OWNER: 3972 0412 SEMINOLE CO..FL James A. Hartman, Esq. 9439 Forest City Road Altamonte Springs, FL 32714 407) 445-7235 407) 445-3586 T & S INVESTM TS, L.L.C., a Florida limi iability company z 14By: Thomas W. Otto, Manager Sworn to and subscribed before me, by Thomas W. Otto as the Manager of T & S , vestments, L.L.C., a Florida limited liability company, who is personally known to me or who produced as identifica ' n, this I1th day o December, 2000. Si a ure of Notary Public, State of Florida Print Name: SUSAN P. BARCH NOTARIAL SEAL) J-j, ov , ,* Susan P BarCh My Commission CCT74158 Expires November 13, 2002 OR343663;2 3 CITY OF SANFORD, FLORIDA APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT PERMIT ADDRESS -ISI u/{LS-r I jZY1L PERMIT NUMBER COP Total Contract Price of Job S,cEiC-> Total Sq. Ft. 120 Describe Work 'PULj LJO Type of Construction —Co,,1CZftX*, %LXtAL- Flood Prone (YES) Number of Stories Number of Dwellings Zoning Occupancy: Residential Commercial /' Industrial LEGAL DESCRIPTION (please attach printout from Seminole County) TAX I.D. (NUMBER 7'b-tq-3- f5 j fe-s• pOOC' ncbcRO OWNER PHONE NUMBER LW1-(;V%-4nd ADDRESS pp.7 CITY STATE Fri-, ZIP TITLE HOLDER (IF OTHER THAN OWNER) ADDRESS CITY BONDING COMPANY ADDRESS CITY STATE STATE ZIP ZIP ARCHITECT 1bJ79W(*,.) TQpZX- k:M ADDRESS 5 1 jA_ Q.p (fi' fLLv 1-7— CITY o AAA qp STATE ZIP zjZcbIo MORTGAGE LENDER ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP CONTRACTOR l)•S. L"yt& CGB3c;rbtJc31d.4 0.1-l' PHONE NUMBER 401-y4>123Cj x14 ADDRESS Ii'311 P-A.A7 ST. LICENSE NUMBER C4-<j!njt4-7144 CITY C>QLL4-JpC STATE frL_ ZIP s'z Z w*+ t**w*****w*******w*********w***ww***rr****tr**************wr*ww**rr****w Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, SIGNS, POOLS, ETC. OWNER' S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. A COPY OF THE RECORDED COPY OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT WILL BE POSTED ON THE JOB SITE WITH PERMITS NO LATER THAN SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED. FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOU PAYING TWICE FOR THE IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state ag nc'es, or federal agencies. ACCEPTANCE OF PERMIT IS VERIFICATION THAT I WILL THE REQUIREMENTS OF FLORIDA LIEN LAW, FS713. F C a 3 0 O C E X 0 c Z • C O 4 o 4J W oa Z a !~ Signature of Owner/Agent & Date Type or Print Owner/Agent Name Signature of Notary & Date Official Seal) FY T OWNER OF THE PROPERTY OF 3• V Z rt O 1 Sign t u r 44 bf-QvTrf-r-a-c-f-or & Date o a -< N F+ Z r Prin Contractor's Name v x 0 Mao 1 LD fD G-- r .7 M Signatu a of Notary & Date 1 fficial Seal)I MaryL. Muse Commission 00 851644 ExpiresAq, 2003 BondedThrub i++, Atl8nlic Bonding co., Ino. 1 0 7 Date: n Radon Police Fire M Road Impact AApliclation T C PERMIT VALIDATION: CHECK CASH DATE / BY p ORIGINAL ( BUILDING) YELLOW (CUSTOMER) PINK (COUNTY TAX OFFICE) GOLD (C" O. ADMIN) 91 THIS APPLICATION USED FOR WORK VALUED $2500.00 OR MORE (J Application Appr BY: _ FEES: Building Open Space r CITY OF SANFORD, FLORIDA APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT PERMIT ADDRESS 41SI 4oz-T Imo' -swe ;r PERMIT NUMBER W)3 p Total Contract Price of Describe Work too-, 0 Type of Construction Number of Stories .I Occupancy: Residentia Job Total Sq. Ft. A5L.'0 -1c--. Flood Prone ( YES Number of Dwellings Zoning _ Commercial Industrial LEGAL DESCRIPTION (please attach printout from Seminole County) TAX I.D. INUMBER ZB-Iq- Zjp - D(p COO( ] - OWNER Ne0*14 Qp&b4,W10 PHONE NUMBER (e'LR-4Z•Z4 ADDRESS <-p l i t_A V CITY pATLA4J1r.';' STATE ZIP TITLE HOLDER (IF OTHER THAN OWNER) ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP BONDING COMPANY ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP ARCHITECT 1- _MCA0V*J jA-11GCC, L,-n> ADDRESS C'l37j %-t& IZ(2 1 ri-CA0.Z.. CITY O{ AAs."O STATE ZIP SOL91 O MORTGAGE LENDER 4.1kADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP CONTRACTOR U c , LiagW_ cbociTqI. ;i &tu Caere? PHONE NUMBER 401 4Ilj= 254; A 14n:, ADDRESS 10A1 (g rgc.%)v ST. LICENSE NUMBER C.9qC.042Zi fb CITY OQjy1000 STATE F:L- , Z I P 5202 1 Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, SIGNS, POOLS, ETC. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. A COPY OF THE RECORDED COPY OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT WILL BE POSTED ON THE JOB SITE WITH PERMITS NO LATER THAN SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED. FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOU PAYING TWICE FOR THE IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions -applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. ACCEPTANCE OF PERMIT IS VERIFICATION THAT I WILL THE REQUIREMENTS OF FLORIDA LIEN LAW, FS713. I w 3 O d C Z >• 1 M 0 -4 c o N o 41 W Ga od>• Z a E+ Signature of Owner/Agent & Date Type or Print Owner/Agent Name Signature of Notary & Date Official Seal) THE OWNER OF THE PROPERTY OF SignVtu'fe of Con 3 •v Z 0 m N a o M 0 n N N H r K Z Ty or Print XMtor' s Name v 3 DaS" Signature Vf Notary & Date ; ylOfficialSeal) 7'Zc or & Date Mary L. Mae Cora W"kn # W 83I644 Bo` li..• ` Atlantic Bonding Co., Inc. Date: Radon Police Fire Road Impact pl'cation 16 PERMIT VALIDATION: CHECK CASH DATE % BY ORIGINAL (BUILDING) YELLOW (CUSTOMER) PINK (COUNTY TAX OFFICE) GOLD .•ADMIN) THIS APPLICATION USED FOR WORK VALUED $2500.00 OR MORE Application Approved BY: _ FEES: Building Open Space TY OF SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMEN FEES FOR SERVICES PHONE #: 407-302-1091 • FAX #: 407-330-5677 DATE: 7 2 " PERMIT #: l'I J ` 3 3 63 BUSINESS NAME: V4,, rt, / /vo wy ).lt ' c v A- p. ADDRESS: L// J J W/ s r5 PHONE NUMBEI(( L/) //.S - '2 2-3 S' V, 5 cch37- CONST. INSP. PLANS REVIEW F?1 BURN PERMIT TANK PERMIT C. OF O. INSP. TENT PERMIT REINSPECTION FA FS OTHER AMOUNT $ ) 3 -7 COMMENTS: 51dk f l-An3 'ee4 L,' )z w S 1t,f LRt y s,= e-3 . oZ s,: ti Fees must be paid to Sanford Building Department, 300 N. Park Avenue, Sanford, Florida. Phone # 330-5656. Proof of Rayment must be made to Sanford Fire' Prevention before anv further services can take place. L P - t I certify that the above information is true d ct and that I will comply wifhef;y-. o-f pliecvde d ordinances i of S ford, Flori Sanford Fire Prevention r.• A." q Applicants Signature § 11 f C mr , 14' 1, 'It lilt I If. fl, OCII I C. 1.0, 'l, Al I 'I 110 t I 1AA. 1*0 V) is 1 Olt.t. r,* V 'I I 1A1 1 01A); I- I' Jfal lc 'I., I t !N 1 6 1, 1 .01 I) 1, I (": " ;,fkl I " t:: , Old , t'.1, 0 IND%, N..,, I I. kA At I t t W1 tj,,rf It! 410'.1 v. I I I I UIT Of"'. W 1". 01 t ..Acl OF I-,N I 1 000 1 -"1 C I ti I 1 00 I-Aw 1, HT (4,(A.. 1-1 /A W) DRA INAVIF I/ il 00 kk AMOL"t 1 1. otj 41 LMINI RL( 1, IVE 1) by NO I '- To 1-0:.. ru 1, 1k, Y o I 'A f i 1 1 1. 1 1 1 1 f T I f kI Ji,, 1-.* 11) LWAME., 11AFLY F,()Yv1F,l1I HN'l, I t, (,0IN'.,, i 14',, I i 1 1 11 ii. i f 4,:F Y) I' ,;,I I R I 1A.Tv1: ON 1 1 -1-,i . Pl. 3 111 % V:, I 1 ) YIN"R 1:: 1 NJI". VILA vr I., N0 Vl,'* 60Yj "". 4 1) 11 vil fl,W; ;,1% 1. Ni 1 1;: 11- 1-i:1101,01. ARE N.-C4) AWT: it: k, ll-Vtl, 611Y 6! 1 . I(.) N 11; At. 11-IF CALIAILAI IAO; OF ,il Y i! .0 W1 114 t. I I UC, T PP, D Y!y F 1 1.1 !13 (N 1, 1 11 1 J-1k), iji' Of ' 1111- 1111 -I, V.i NO f ; 11 F: I Ya, 1. 01: I 'FR ,, I')% J,C(l UL 0 1 4 'CIA.", k; 0 i)l C i I C. N.;1 MLK`,'T MC- F' T '1:F IF*: k"I, ' W 1, 11, f F M f IT, I OF, t If It. 11--, Y i 6W." 4, VI1. 1 IF 'N 11 I i li it'. 01:, RI11t..'S, 4 1, P16V F-ROM 01F H Atli :1 NP, I IT: 1-1 TAT .1 ON W ff 4. p % j W"T, -TIRD F, 1... 1. Zj, 0 e-*% 1.101 i.lV,; I i 31%,""i L 1 1 PAYML, 144 141001,A) 14. By OR MUME."l, kIWyF f ,,M., 0 1:,.,F i r Pf viCt T I It.. C, 011-41, y I -A j T 1 .0 T I. W*i Flrr- l,-" MI. 1' MJill tiF p A I H 41 oj:I F.J. I I W III l'i HI. ) L 11 tf if p Ved '11) 1 F A 1.0.1 i.t 1) f 1110 I'T Q9,111.1 I' f !-I' HO I WUH-411-4 60 ('(:'1$ LIMAI- 1)p0c..; OF 11AF, lo; CI. A.V1110 ATUNt-, WL CW CALCULATION AVAILABLE WON RUM)PST. ('At L 4n7-44W5-73,56.